0612CT0101R0614 92877 Catalog

109738-Attachment 109738-Attachment 109738-Attachment 785901 Batch5 unilog cesco-content

2014-07-05

: Pdf 92877-Catalog 92877-Catalog 785901 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 156

Download0612CT0101R0614  92877-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame,
and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200
Circuit Breakers
Catalog
0612CT0101 R06/14

2014
Class 0612

CONTENTS
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Electronic Trip Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Dimensional Drawings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Catalog Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

™

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION .......................................................................... 7
SECTION 2: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ................................................................. 22
SECTION 3: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS .......... 38
SECTION 4: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........... 41
SECTION 5: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 52
SECTION 6: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 61
SECTION 7: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 66
SECTION 8: ACCESSORIES .......................................................................................... 69
SECTION 9: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................. 91
SECTION 10: DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS ...................................................................... 97
SECTION 11: TRIP CURVES .......................................................................................... 135
SECTION 12: CATALOG NUMBERS ............................................................................. 149

2
07/2014

™

© 2001–2013 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION ...........................................................................7
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7
Features and Benefits ..................................................................................................................... 7
Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 8
Codes and Standards ...................................................................................................................... 8
Circuit Breaker Ratings ................................................................................................................... 9
Enclosure Sizes ............................................................................................................................. 11
Operating Conditions ..................................................................................................................... 11
Trip System ................................................................................................................................... 12
Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 13
Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 13
Internal Operating Mechanism ...................................................................................................... 14
Push-to-Trip Button ....................................................................................................................... 14
Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections ................................................................................... 14
Catalog Numbering System .......................................................................................................... 16
Testing Requirements ................................................................................................................... 20

SECTION 2: ELECTRONIC TRIP SYSTEMS ..................................................................22
Type ET Electronic Trip System .................................................................................................... 22
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems ............................................................................................ 23
Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 27
Ammeter Measurements.................................................................................................... 27
Communication Network.................................................................................................... 27
Protection Settings............................................................................................................. 29
Maintenance Record.......................................................................................................... 29
Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters ................................................................. 29
Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts .................................................................. 30
Real-Time Metering ........................................................................................................... 32
Demand Metering .............................................................................................................. 32
Metering ............................................................................................................................. 33
Waveform Capture............................................................................................................. 33
Customized Alarm Programming ....................................................................................... 34
Event Logs ......................................................................................................................... 34
Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units...................................................... 34
Long-Time Trip Functions .................................................................................................. 35
Short-Time Trip Functions ................................................................................................. 35
Instantaneous Trip Function .............................................................................................. 35
Ground-Fault Trip Functions .............................................................................................. 36

SECTION 3: POWERPACT M-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...........38
Performance .................................................................................................................................. 38
Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 39
Termination Information ................................................................................................................ 39
Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 39
Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 40

SECTION 4: POWERPACT P-FRAME MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............41
Performance .................................................................................................................................. 41
Catalog Numbers .......................................................................................................................... 42
Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 46
Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 46
Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 47
Motor Circuit Protectors ................................................................................................................. 48
Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers .......................................................................................... 49
3
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 49
Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 49

SECTION 5: POWERPACT R-FRAME CIRCUIT BREAKERS ...................................... 52
Performance .................................................................................................................................. 52
Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 53
Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 58
Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 58
Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 59
Continuous Current Rating ............................................................................................................ 59
Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 59

SECTION 6: COMPACT NS630B–NS1600 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................... 61
Performance .................................................................................................................................. 61
Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 63
Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 65
Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................... 65
Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 65
Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 65
Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 65
Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 65

SECTION 7: COMPACT NS1600B–NS3200 CIRCUIT BREAKER ................................ 66
Performance .................................................................................................................................. 66
Catalog Numbers ........................................................................................................................... 67
Interrupting Ratings ....................................................................................................................... 67
Automatic Molded Case Switches ................................................................................................. 67
Termination Information ................................................................................................................. 68
Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 68
Control Wiring ................................................................................................................................ 68

SECTION 8: ACCESSORIES .......................................................................................... 69
Accessories ................................................................................................................................... 69
Electrical Accessories .................................................................................................................... 71
Auxiliary Switch (OF):......................................................................................................... 73
Alarm Switch (SD) .............................................................................................................. 73
Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)........................................................................................... 73
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories ................................................................................................ 76
Display Options ............................................................................................................................. 82
Test Equipment ............................................................................................................................. 84
Circuit Breaker Terminations ......................................................................................................... 85
External Accessories ..................................................................................................................... 88
Locking Accessories ...................................................................................................................... 89
Sub-Feed Lugs .............................................................................................................................. 90

SECTION 9: P-FRAME CRADLES AND CRADLE ACCESSORIES ............................. 91
Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design ................................................................................................ 91
Cradle Accessories ........................................................................................................................ 92
Cradle Locking and Interlocking .................................................................................................... 94
Open Door Racking Interlock ........................................................................................................ 94
Miscellaneous Accessories ........................................................................................................... 94
Wiring Diagrams ............................................................................................................................ 95
4
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
SECTION 10: DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS .......................................................................97
Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 97
Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers ............................................... 100
Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers ............................................. 124

SECTION 11: TRIP CURVES ...........................................................................................135
SECTION 12: CATALOG NUMBERS ..............................................................................149

5
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers

6
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Section 1—General Information
Introduction
PowerPact™ M-frame, P-frame and R-frame and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip molded
case circuit breakers are designed to protect electrical systems from damage caused by overloads, short
circuits, and ground faults. All circuit breakers are designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic
means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent. Electronic trip molded case
circuit breakers use an electronic trip system to signal the circuit breaker to open automatically.
The PowerPact M-frame (800 A frame size), P-frame (1200 A frame size) and R-frame (3000 A frame
size) circuit breakers are dual rated to UL489 and IEC 60947-2. The Compact NS630b–NS1600 (1600 A
frame size) and NS1600b–NS3200 (3200 A frame) circuit breakers are rated to IEC 60947-2 only.
M-frame molded case circuit breakers are equipped with a basic ET1.0 electronic trip system, which has
a fixed long-time (overload) setting and an adjustable instantaneous (short-circuit) trip setting. P-frame,
R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 molded case circuit breakers are available with either a basic ET 1.0I
electronic trip system or with a more advanced Micrologic™ trip system. Electronic trip motor circuit
protectors (trip system ET 1.0M), which trip on short circuit only, and automatic molded case switches,
which trip at a predetermined self-protection level only, are also available for special applications. All of
these circuit breakers are available labeled as Square D™ or Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin
Gerin™, Federal Pioneer™, or Federal Pacific™).
For information on other Square D brand PowerPact molded case circuit breakers, see the Class 611
catalog PowerPact H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers.

Features and Benefits
M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers:

•
•
•
•
•

Provide overload and short-circuit protection
Are true RMS sensing devices
Provide means to manually disconnect power to the circuit
Provide enhanced coordination by their adjustability
Provide high interrupting ratings and withstand ratings

Circuit breakers with Micrologic trip units can also:

•
•
•
•
•

Provide integral equipment ground-fault protection or alarm
Provide communications
Provide power monitoring
Provide protective relaying functions
Provide zone-selective interlocking (ZSI), which can reduce damage in the event of a fault

7
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Specifications
Electronic trip molded case circuit breakers have a molded case made of a glass-reinforced insulating
material (thermal set composite resin) that provides high dielectric strength. These circuit breakers:

•

Are available in either dual-rated Underwriters Laboratory® (UL®) / International Electrotechnical
Commission® (IEC®) or IEC-only constructions

•

Are also Canadian Standard Association® (CSA®) and Association of the Electrical Sector®
(ANCE®) certified (dual-rated UL/IEC circuit breakers only)

•
•
•

Are manufactured in unit-mount, I-Line™ and drawout (P-frame and NS630b–NS1600) constructions

•
•
•
•
•
•

Share common tripping of all poles

Are available with either type ET or Micrologic electronic tripping systems
Provide optional power monitoring, communications, protective relaying, integral ground-fault
protection for equipment and zone-selective interlocking functions
Can be mounted and operated in any position
Are equipped with an externally-accessible test port for use with hand-held and full-function test sets
Are available in motor circuit protector and automatic molded case switch constructions
Can be reverse connected, without restrictive LINE and LOAD markings
Meet the requirements of National Electrical Code® (NEC®) Sections 240.6 by providing a means
to seal the rating plug and trip unit adjustments

Codes and Standards
M-, P- and R-frame, and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers and switches are
manufactured and tested in accordance with the following standards:
Table 1:

Standards

M-Frame, P-Frame and
R-Frame Circuit Breakers

P- and R-Frame Switches

NS630b–NS3200
Circuit Breakers

NS630b–NS3200
Switches

UL 4891
IEC Standard 60947-2
CSA C22.2 No 5
Federal Specification
W-C-375B/GEN
NEMA AB1
NMX J-266
UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE, CCC

UL 4892
IEC Standard 60947-3
CSA C22.2 No 5
Federal Specification
W-C-375B/GEN
NEMA AB1
NMX J-266
UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

IEC Standard 60947-2
Federal Specification
W-C-375B/GEN
NEMA AB1
UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

IEC Standard 60947-3
Federal Specification
W-C-375B/GEN
NEMA AB1
UTE, VDE, BS, CEI, UNE

1

PowerPact M-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E10027.
PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker is in UL File E63335.
PowerPact R-frame circuit breaker is in UL FIle E10027.

2

PowerPact P-frame switch is in UL File E103740.
PowerPact R-frame switch is in UL FIle E33117.

Circuit breakers should be applied according to guidelines detailed in the NEC and other local
wiring codes.

8
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Circuit Breaker Ratings
Interrupting Rating
The interrupting rating is the highest current at rated voltage the circuit breaker is designed to safely
interrupt under standard test conditions. Circuit breakers must be selected with interrupting ratings equal
to or greater than the available short-circuit current at the point where the circuit breaker is applied to the
system (unless it is a branch device in a series rated combination). Interrupting ratings are shown on the
front of the circuit breaker. For grounded B phase interrupting ratings, see Data Bulletin 2700DB0202.
Table 2:

UL/IEC Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings
UL/CSA Rating (60 Hz)

Circuit
Breaker1

Grounded
B Phase
(1Ø-3Ø)

3 Phase

240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

240 Vac

240 Vac 2P Icu

380/415 Vac

Ics

Icu

Ics

MG

65 kA

35 kA

18 kA

65 kA

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

20 kA

MJ

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

PG

65 kA

35 kA

18 kA

65 kA

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

20 kA

PJ

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

PK

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

65 kA

50 kA

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

PL

125 kA

100 kA

25 kA

65 kA

125 kA

65 kA

85 kA

45 kA
20 kA

RG

65 kA

35 kA

18 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

RJ

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

100 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

RK

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

85 kA

65 kA

70 kA

55 kA

RL

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

125 kA

125 kA

65 kA

85 kA

45 kA

1

Table 3:

IEC 60947-2 Rating (50/60 Hz)

The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors,
transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

IEC Only Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings (50/60 Hz)

Circuit Breaker

220/240 Vac

380/415 Vac

440 Vac

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

Icu

500/525 Vac

660/690 Vac

Ics

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

Interrupting Rating

Electrically Operated
NS630b–NS1600

N Interrupting Rating

50 kA

37 kA

50 kA

37 kA

50 kA

37 kA

40 kA

30 kA

30 kA

22 kA

NS630b–NS1600

H Interrupting Rating

70 kA

35 kA

70 kA

35 kA

65 kA

32 kA

50 kA

25 kA

42 kA

21 kA

NS630b–NS1000

L Interrupting Rating

150 kA

150 kA

150 kA

150 kA

130 kA

130 kA

100 kA

100 kA

—

—

NS630b–NS1600

N Interrupting Rating

85 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

40 kA

40 kA

30 kA

30 kA

NS630b–NS1600

H Interrupting Rating

85 kA

52 kA

70 kA

52 kA

65 kA

48 kA

50 kA

37 kA

42 kA

31 kA

NS630b–NS1000

L Interrupting Rating

150 kA

150 kA

150 kA

150 kA

130 kA

130 kA

100 kA

100 kA

—

—

NS630b–NS800

R Interrupting Rating

200 kA

200 kA

200 kA

200 kA

200 kA

200 kA

100 kA

100 kA

75 kA

75 kA

Manually Operated

NS1600b–NS3200

N Interrupting Rating

85 kA

65 kA

70 kA

52 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

NS1600b–NS3200

H Interrupting Rating

125 kA

94 kA

85 kA

64 kA

85 kA

64 kA

—

—

—

—

9
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Application Ratings
The voltage rating is the highest voltage for the electrical system on which the circuit breaker can be
applied. The frequency rating indicates the system frequency for which the circuit breaker is intended.
The withstand rating is used to improve system coordination by maximizing the current level at which
the circuit breaker trips with no intentional delay. The withstand rating is the level of RMS symmetrical
current that a circuit breaker can carry in a closed position for a stated period of time.
Table 4:

Voltage, Frequency and Withstand Ratings

Circuit Breaker

Voltage
Rating

Frequency Rating

Withstand Rating at
480 Vac1

MG, MJ

600 Vac

60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC)

10 kA (0.5 sec)

PG, PK

600 Vac

60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC)

25 kA (0.5 sec)

PJ

600 Vac

60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC)

10 kA (0.5 sec)

PL

480 Vac

60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC)

10 kA (0.5 sec)

R-frame (RG, RJ, RK, RL)

600 Vac

60 Hz (UL), 50/60 Hz (IEC)

32 kA (3 sec)

NS630b–NS1600 N Interrupting Rating

690 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

19.2 kA (1 sec)

NS630b–NS1600 H Interrupting Rating

690 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

19.2 kA (1 sec)

NS630b–NS1000 L Interrupting Rating

690 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

N/A

NS630b–NS1000 R Interrupting Rating

690 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

N/A

NS1600b–NS3200 N Interrupting Rating

690 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

32 kA (3 sec)

NS1600b–NS3200 H Interrupting Rating

440 Vac

50/60 Hz (IEC)

32 kA (3 sec)

1

A system coordination study should be done for optimum circuit breaker coordination.

Ampere Rating (Continuous Current Rating)
The ampere rating (or continuous current rating) (Ir) is the maximum current that a circuit breaker can
carry. The sensor size (In) is the maximum ampere rating for a specific circuit breaker and is based on
the size of the sensor plug inside the circuit breaker. This value is printed below the trip unit on the
sensor plug. See Sensor Plugs (page 78) for more information.
NOTE: The maximum ampere rating a circuit breaker family can carry is called the frame size. Sensor
size is less than or equal to frame size.
The ampere rating of a type ET electronic trip circuit breaker is equal to the current sensor size (In).
The ampere rating of a Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breaker is determined by the mathematical
equation:
Ampere Rating = Sensor Size x Rating Plug Setting (Ir = In x Rating Plug Setting)
The rating plug varies the circuit breaker ampere rating as a function of its sensor size. Rating plugs
have nine dial settings; the multiplier values corresponding with each setting are printed on the rating
plug. The maximum setting range is 0.4–1.0 x In.

10
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Enclosure Sizes
All type ET electronic trip UL/IEC M-frame, P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers are available as
standard rated circuit breakers. Micrologic electronic trip UL/IEC circuit breakers are also available in
100% rated constructions. Because the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at
100% of continuous current rating, the use of specially designed enclosures and 194° F (90°C) rated
wire sized per the 167° F (75°C) NEC chart is required.
Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading.
Table 5:

Minimum Enclosure Sizes for Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breakers
Enclosure Dimensions (h x w x d) in./(mm)

Ventilation Area
Top

Circuit Breaker Rating
3P Circuit Breaker

4P Circuit Breaker

M-Frame, ” 800 A, Standard Rated

51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75
(1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9)

51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75
(1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9)

—

—

—

—

P-Frame, ” 800 A, 100% Rated
P-Frame, ” 1200 A, Standard Rated

51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75
(1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9)

51.9 x 23.01 x 7.75
(1318.3 x 584.4 x 196.9)

—

—

—

—

P-Frame, ” 1200 A, 100% Rated

62.25 x 23 x 14.75
(1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7)

62.25 x 25.76 x 14.75
(1581.2 x 654.2 x 374.7)

16.5 in.

10,645 mm

16.5 in.

10,645 mm

R-Frame, Standard Rated1

30 x 21 x 7
(762 x 533 x 178)

30 x 25.5 x 7
(762 x 648 x 178)

—

—

—

—

R-Frame, 100% Rated1

30 x 21 x 7
(762 x 533 x 178)

30 x 25.5 x 7
(762 x 648 x 178)

40.25 in.

26,000 mm

40.25 in.

26,000 mm

1

Bottom

RLTB or RL3TB kits may extend beyond end of enclosure when using minimum enclosure size.

Operating Conditions
Temperature
To meet the requirements of the UL489 Standard, molded case circuit breakers are designed, built and
calibrated for use on 50/60 Hz ac systems in a 40°C (104°F) ambient environment. Electronic trip
circuit breakers, however, are designed to react only to the magnitude of the current flowing through
the circuit breaker and are inherently ambient insensitive. Both UL/IEC and IEC-only circuit breakers
may be operated at temperatures between -25°C and +70°C (-13°F and 158°F). For temperatures
other than 40°C (104°F), the circuit breakers must be re-rated as shown.
Table 6:

Temperature Rerating Values per ANSI C37.20.1

Maximum Ambient Temperature
°F

140

122

104

86

77

68

50

32

14

-4

°C

60

50

40

30

25

20

10

0

-10

-20

-22
-30

Current

0.83

0.92

1.00

1.07

1.11

1.14

1.21

1.27

1.33

1.39

1.44

Altitude
Circuit breakers are suitable for use at altitudes up to 13,100 ft. (4000 m). For altitudes higher than
6560 ft. (2000 m), circuit breakers must be derated as shown.
Table 7:

Altitude Rerating Values Per ANSI C37.20.1 Table 10

Altitude

≤ 6,600 ft.
(≤ 2,000 m)

8,500 ft.
(2,600 m)

Voltage

1.00

0.95

0.80

Current

1.00

0.99

0.96

13,000 ft.
(3,900 m)

11
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Extreme Atmospheric Conditions
PowerPact circuit breakers have successfully passed the tests defined below for extreme atmospheric
conditions.
Dry cold and dry heat:

•
•

IEC 68-2-1—Dry cold at -67°F (-55°C)
IEC 68-2-2—Dry heat at 185°F (+85°C)

Damp heat (tropicalization)

•
•

IEC 68-2-30—Damp heat (temperature 131°F (55°C) and relative humidity of 95%, condensing)
IEC 68-2-52 level 2—Salt mist

The materials used in the PowerPact circuit breakers will not support the growth of fungus and mold.

Vibration
PowerPact circuit breakers meet IEC 60068-2-6 Standards for vibration.

•
•

2 to 13.2 Hz and amplitude 0.039 in. (1 mm)
13.2 to 100 Hz constant acceleration

Storage Temperature
Circuit breakers with trip units without LCD displays may be stored in the original packaging at
temperatures between -58°F (-50°C) and 185°F (85°C). For circuit breakers with trip units with LCD
displays, this range is -40°F (-40°C) to 185°F (85°C).

Trip System
ET1.0I

The trip system causes the circuit breaker to open automatically under overload, short-circuit or
equipment ground-fault conditions. Electronic trip circuit breakers give the customer more versatility to
achieve coordination with features such as adjustable instantaneous pickup and high withstand ratings.

Micrologic 6.0A

t= I n=
tsd= tr=
Isd=
Ii= Ir=
Ig=
tg=

MAX
s
kA

The type ET and the Micrologic trip systems consist of current sensors, a microprocessor-based trip
unit, and a tripping coil. The tripping coil is a flux transfer solenoid that requires no external power
source. All type ET and Micrologic protective functions are completely fault powered.

100 %

40 %

menu

instantaneous

Micrologic Trip System

long time

Ii

Ir

6 8 10
12
4
15
3
off
2
x In

.6
.5
.45
.4

tr

.63

x In

.7
.8
.9
1

(s) 4

8

2
1
.5

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

setting
instantaneous

short

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd
(s)

.4 .4 .3

.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0
on I t off

setting

test

Ig
D
C
B
A

E

delay

Ii

6 8 10
12
4
15
3
off
2
x In
test

tg
F
G
H
J

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0

(s)

on

I t

Features found in Micrologic™ electronic trip circuit breakers, such as universally interchangeable
rating plugs, adjustable long-time pickups and 100% ratings also provide capacity for future growth.

off

ground fault

ET
Electronic
Trip Unit

Micrologic
Electronic
Trip Unit

The integral equipment ground-fault sensing capabilities available with Micrologic trip systems mean
that there are fewer parts and pieces to purchase, mount and wire. These capabilities include integral
ground-fault protection for equipment, which causes the circuit breaker to trip when a ground fault is
detected, as well as integral ground-fault alarm, which does not trip the circuit breaker but sends an
alarm when a ground fault is detected.
Certain Micrologic trip systems also offer the customer true power management system solutions through
communication. These trip units can communicate with other circuit breakers in the system and also with a
power monitoring system. Communication is by Modbus® and does not require proprietary software.
Communication between trip units allows zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) between circuit breakers at
different levels in the system. ZSI reduces fault stress by allowing the upstream circuit breaker closest to the
fault to ignore its preset delay time and trip without any intentional delay on a short circuit or ground fault.
For more information on ZSI, see data bulletin Reducing Fault Stress with Zone-Selective Interlocking.

12
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Communication with a power monitoring system through a communications network allows a ground
fault to be reported without interrupting power to the system. It also allows the power monitoring
system to remotely report power usage, current flow, and trip history.

Instantaneous OFF Feature
Micrologic™ 5.0 and 6.0 Standard, A, P and H electronic trip units provide the unique ability to turn the
instantaneous tripping function OFF. Turning off the instantaneous trip function increases the current
level at which the circuit breaker will trip with no intentional delay to the level of the short-time
withstand rating. This current level is typically much higher than any of the pickup levels provided by
the adjustable instantaneous feature. Therefore, using the instantaneous OFF feature improves
coordination by allowing the user to take advantage of the circuit breaker withstand rating.

Motor Circuit Protectors
An instantaneous trip version of the electronic trip circuit breaker is also available for motor circuit
protection. These motor circuit protectors comply with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit
protection when installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection.
Electronic trip motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to type ET electronic trip circuit
breakers.They are designed as disconnect devices for use in combination with motor starters. These
motor circuit protectors provide short-circuit protection only and have an adjustable amperage pickup
so they can be set to open instantaneously at current values slightly above the motor starting inrush
current. This setting coordinates the pickup time-current response of the motor circuit protector with
the overload relay of the motor starter to give the best possible protection.
Current interrupting ratings for these UL Recognized components are established in combination with
motor starters and properly-sized overload relays and contactors.

Automatic Molded Case Switches
P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are also available in automatic molded case
switch construction. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers,
except that the switches open instantaneously at a factory-set non-adjustable trip point calibrated to
protect only the molded case switch itself. Because of their molded case construction, they are more
compact than conventional disconnect switches and accept electrical accessories for added flexibility.
Molded case switches are intended for use as disconnect devices only. UL489 requires molded case
switches to be protected by a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating. Molded case switches are
labeled with their appropriate withstand ratings. The withstand rating of a switch is defined as the
maximum current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when
protected by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating.
Table 8:

P- and R-Frame Withstand Ratings1
Withstand Rating

Voltage

P-Frame Circuit Breakers
J

1

K

R-Frame Circuit Breakers
L

J

K

L

240 Vac

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

—

65 kA

125 kA

480 Vac

65 kA

50 kA

100 kA

—

50 kA

100 kA

600 Vac

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

—

50 kA

50 kA

The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected
by a circuit breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

13
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Internal Operating Mechanism
Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers
M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 manually-operated circuit breakers have a single
operating handle that acts directly through the operating mechanism against the contact blades. Multipole circuit breakers have a common trip bar for positive action of all poles on manual and automatic
operation. These circuit breakers have a trip-free mechanism that allows them to trip even though the
operating handle may be restricted (by a handle operating mechanism or padlock attachment) in the
I/ON position. If not restricted, the operating handle moves to a position between I/ON and O/OFF
when the circuit breaker is tripped.
The face of the manually-operated circuit breaker is marked with standard ON/OFF and international
I/O markings to indicate handle position. In addition, the O/OFF portion of the circuit breaker handle is
color coded green.

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers
P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available with a two-step stored-energy
mechanism which can be charged manually or using a motor. The closing time is less than five cycles.
Closing and opening operations can be initiated by remote control or by push buttons on the front cover.
An O-C-O (open-close-open) cycle is possible without recharging. Electrically-operated circuit breakers
include a motor, shunt trip, and shunt close of the same voltage plus an overcurrent trip switch (SDE).
The face of electrically-operated circuit breakers is also marked ON/OFF and I/O, and equipped with a
position indicator to show contact position.

Push-to-Trip Button
The push-to-trip button located on the face of each manually-operated circuit breaker is a standard
feature on these circuit breakers. This allows the user to manually trip the circuit breaker without
risking exposure to live parts. During normal on-off operation, the handle opens and closes the circuit
breaker contact but does not exercise the tripping mechanism.
Use the push-to-trip button to:

•
•

Exercise the circuit breaker mechanism
Check the auxiliary and alarm switch circuits

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections
Table 9:

Circuit Breaker Mounting and Connections
Unit-Mount Construction

Circuit Breaker
Cable Connection

Bus Connection

I-Line™
Construction

Drawout
Construction

M-Frame

X

X

X

P-Frame

X

X

X

—
X

R-Frame

X1

X

X2

—

NS630b–NS1250

X

X

—

X

NS1600–NS3200

—

X

—

—

1

Must use RLTB or RL3TB terminal pad kit.

2

Through 1200 A, 100% rated only.

14
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Unit-Mount Circuit Breakers
Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are individually-mounted
using supplied mounting screws. The four mounting screws are inserted through mounting holes
molded into the circuit breaker case and threaded into the circuit breaker mounting enclosure. To
properly support the circuit breaker, all four mounting screws must be used.
Unit-mount M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers can be ordered with mechanical line
and load side lugs. The standard lugs can be removed for the installation of compression-type lugs or
bus connections. All lugs are UL Listed for their proper application and marked for use with aluminum
and copper (Al/Cu) or copper only (Cu) conductors. Lugs suitable for copper and aluminum conductors
are made of tin-plated aluminum. Lugs suitable for use with copper conductors only are made of copper.
See individual frame sections for frame-specific connection information.

M-Frame Unit-Mount

Electrically Operated
P-Frame Unit-Mount

P-Frame Unit-Mount

R-Frame Unit-Mount

I-Line™ Circuit Breakers
M-frame circuit breakers through 800 A and P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers through 1200 A are
available in I-Line construction for easy installation and removal in I-Line panelboards and
switchboards. I-Line circuit breakers use “blow-on” type line side connectors. In case of a short circuit,
increased magnetic flux causes the plug-on connectors of the circuit breaker to tighten their grasp on
the panelboard or switchboard bus bars. The I-Line connectors and circuit breaker mounting bracket
are integral parts of I-Line circuit breakers and cannot be removed or replaced. I-Line circuit breakers
come with mechanical load side lugs.

M-Frame I-Line

P-Frame I-Line

R-Frame I-Line

Drawout Circuit Breakers
P-frame manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are also available in drawout construction.
The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected,
test, disconnect or withdrawn).
P-frame cradles are ordered separately and are available with factory and field-installed accessories.
See Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories for details.

P-Frame Drawout

15
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Catalog Numbering System
The M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and cradles follow a “smart”
catalog numbering system. The following tables are intended as a tool to decipher existing catalog
numbers. They are not intended for use in building catalog numbers, as some combinations
may not be available. To build a catalog number, please see the Digest, the Product Selector or
contact the local field office.

M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers
NOTE: Not all options are available on all frames.
Table 10:

Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position

Field Description

1

Brand Name

2

3

4

5

6

7–9

10

Circuit Breaker Frame

Options

Description

(blank)

Square D

N

Schneider Electric (Formerly Merlin Gerin brand)

M

800 A Max.

P

1200 A Max.

R

3000 A Max.

G

35 kA @ 480 Vac

J

65 kA @ 480 Vac

K

P-Frame: 50 kA @ 600 Vac
R-Frame: 65 kA @ 600 Vac

L

100 kA @ 480 Vac

F

No Lugs

L

Lugs on Both Ends

M

Lugs on I/ON End

P

Lugs on O/OFF End

A

I-Line

D

Drawout (Not Available on M and R Frames)

2

2P

3

3P

4

4P

4

480 V

6

600 V

###

Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A)

000

Automatic Switch Value

(none)

Standard Rated

C

100% rated

Interrupting Rating

Connection

Poles

Voltage Rating

Ampere Rating

Standard or 100% Rated
Continued on next page

16
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Table 10:

Catalog Number for M-, P- and R-Frame (UL/IEC Dual-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position

Field Description

Circuit Breaker Trip System

Options
(none)

ET1.0 (M-Frame)

(none)

ET1.0I (P-Frame, R-Frame)

U31

Micrologic™ 3.0 Trip Unit

U33

Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit

U41

Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

U43

Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit

U44

Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit

U63

Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit

U64

Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit

U73

Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit

U74

Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit

S60

600 A2

S80

800 A2

S10

1000 A2

S12

1200 A

S16

1600 A

S20

2000 A

S25

2500 A

S30

3000 A

11–14

Automatic Switch Trip System1

Description

M68

1200–10000 A2

Motor Circuit Protector Trip
System

M69

1500–10000 A2

M70

1800–10000 A2

15

Rating Plug

A–H

See Table 75

16-17

Modbus® Communication

E1

Modbus BCM

18

I-Line™ Phasing

See Digest, Product Selector

For Factory-Installed Accessories, See Product Selector
1

For more information on P-frame switches, see page 47. For more information on R-frame switches, see page 58.

2

Not available on R-frame.

17
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker Catalog Numbers
Table 11:

Catalog Number for NS630b–NS3200 (IEC-Rated) Circuit Breakers

Field Position

Field Description

1

Brand Name

2

Circuit Breaker Frame

3

Interrupting Rating

4

Connection

5

Certification

6

Poles

7

Voltage Rating

8–10

Ampere Rating

Circuit Breaker Trip System

11–14

Automatic Switch Trip System

Non-Automatic Switch Trip
System

Options

Description

(Blank)

Square D

N

Schneider Electric

R

3200 A Max.

P

1600 A Max.

N

Standard Interrupting Rating

H

High Interrupting Rating

L

Current Limiting

R1

200 kA Interrupting

F

No lugs

L

Lugs on Both Ends

M

Lugs on I/ON End

P

Lugs on O/OFF End

D

Drawout

S

Rear Connected

E

IEC

3

3P

4

4P

4

440 Vac

6

690 Vac

###

Circuit Breaker Rating (120 = 1200 A)

000

Automatic Switch Value

U32

Micrologic™ 2.0 Trip Unit

U33

Micrologic 5.0 Trip Unit

U42

Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit

U43

Micrologic 5.0A Trip Unit

U44

Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit

U63

Micrologic 5.0P Trip Unit

U64

Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit

U73

Micrologic 5.0H Trip Unit

U74

Micrologic 6.0H Trip Unit

S63

630 A

S80

800 A

S10

1000 A

S12

1250 A

S16

1600 A

S20

2000 A

S25

2500 A

S32

3200 A

Z63

630 A

Z80

800 A

Z10

1000 A

Z12

1250 A

Z16

1600 A

15

Rating Plug

R–T

See Table 74

16–17

Modbus® Communications

E1

Modbus BCM

For Accessories, See Product Selector
1

R interruption only valid with rear-connected (S) termination.

18
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
Cradle Catalog Numbers
P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 manually-operated circuit breakers and switches are available in
drawout construction (factory installed only). The circuit breakers may be ordered using the circuit
breaker catalog numbering systems described above. The cradles must be ordered separately.
Table 12:

Cradle Catalog Number

Field Position

Field Description

1

Cradle

2

3
4

5

6

7

Options

Description

C

Cradle

S

P-Frame 3P

D

P-Frame 4P

L

Square D Brand UL/IEC Dual-Rated

Frame Size

Brand/Certification
Circuit Breaker Interruption Rating

Cradle Connections Top Terminals

Cradle Connections Bottom Terminals

G

Schneider Electric IEC Rated Only

E

P-Frame “G”,“J”, “K”, or “L” Interrupting Rating

V

Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV)

H

Rear-Connected T horizontal (RCTH)

E

Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

V

Rear-Connected T Vertical (RCTV)

H

Rear-Connected T Horizontal (RCTH)

E

Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

9

None (Standard for P-Frame Circuit Breakers)

Shutters and Associated Options
3

Shutters with Padlocking Provision

A

See Product Selector

8

Circuit Breaker Mismatch and Cradle Interlock

9

Metering CT

X

Not Applicable on P-Frame Cradle

10

Cradle Secondary Disconnects Wiring

X

See Product Selector

11–18

Miscellaneous Cradle Options

X

See Product Selector

19
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information

Testing Requirements
UL, NEMA, CSA, and NMX requirements
The UL, NEMA, CSA and NMX labels on a circuit breaker indicate that the circuit breaker meets the
requirements of UL Standard 489, NEMA Standard AB-1, CSA Standard C22.2 No. 5 and NMX standard
J266. The labels also mean that the production procedure is monitored by UL, CSA and ANCE inspectors
to ensure continued compliance to these standards. These requirements include the following tests:

•

200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit
when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating.

•

135% Overload Calibration—with all poles connected in series, the circuit breaker must trip within a
specified time limit while carrying 135% of its continuous current rating.

•

Overload—the circuit breaker must make and break 600% of its continuous current rating at rated
voltage. Circuit breaker frame sizes 125–1600 A must perform 50 operations at 600%. Circuit
breaker frame sizes 2000–2500 A must perform 25 operations at 600%.

•

Temperature Rise—while carrying 100% of rated current and mounted in open air, temperature
rise on a wiring terminal must be within specified limits. For 100% rating, the circuit breaker is
mounted in an enclosure.

•

Endurance—UL489 requires that the circuit breaker must complete, at minimum, the following
number of operations:
Table 13:

Endurance Operations
Operations

Frame Size

With Current 1

Without Current

1200–2500

500
2000
1 UL requires the circuit breaker to operate 10% of the “with current” operations with a shunt trip.

•

Calibration—both the 200% and 135% overload calibration tests are repeated after endurance
testing.

•

Short Circuit—the circuit breaker shall be subjected to test currents based on voltage rating and
frame size, with the type and number of operations based on the number of poles, frame rating and
voltage rating. Example: a 3P, 600 Vac, 2500 A frame circuit breaker is subjected to one 20 kA
single-phase closing of the circuit on the circuit breaker per pole and one 30 kA three-phase closing
of the circuit on the circuit breaker for a total of seven short circuit tests.

•
•

Trip Out—the 200% thermal calibration test is repeated following the short-circuit tests.
Dielectric—the circuit breaker must withstand, for one minute, twice its rated voltage plus 1000 V:
— Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the open, tripped and OFF positions.
— Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed.
— Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed.

No conditioning of the circuit breaker can take place during or between tests. There can be no failure of
functional parts at the conclusion of the sequences.
After qualifying a set of circuit breakers to the standard tests, a manufacturer can have additional
circuit breaker samples tested on higher than standard available fault currents. The following
performance requirements apply:

•

200% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit
when carrying 200% of its continuous current rating.

•

Short-circuit Test—with the load side terminals connected by 10-inch lengths of specified cable (or
a shorting bar), the circuit breaker is exposed to a short-circuit current for a set time interval. After
safe interruption, the circuit breaker is reset and closed again on the short circuit.

•

250% Overload Calibration—each pole of the circuit breaker must trip within a specified time limit
when carrying 250% of its continuous current rating.

20
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 1—General Information
•

Dielectric Withstand—the circuit breaker is subjected to twice the voltage rating at which the
interrupting test was conducted, but not less than 900 V.
— Between line and load terminals with the circuit breaker in the tripped and in the OFF positions.
— Between terminals of opposite polarity with the circuit breaker closed.
— Between live parts and the overall enclosure with the circuit breaker both open and closed.

When the sample circuit breakers pass these tests, circuit breakers of the same construction can be
marked or labeled with the current interrupting rating for the higher fault currents.

IEC Requirements
The IEC markings on a circuit breaker indicates that the circuit breaker meets the requirements of IEC
Standard 60947-2 for circuit breakers and 60947-3 for automatic switches. These requirements
include the following tests:
Table 14:

IEC Test Sequence

Sequence

General
Performance
Characteristics
(Sequence 1)

Rated Service
Short-circuit
Breaking Capacity
(Ics)
(Sequence 2)
Rated Ultimate
Short-circuit
Breaking Capacity
(Icu)
(Sequence 3)

Rated Short-time
Withstand Current
(Icw)
(Sequence 4)

Category of Devices

Tests

All Circuit Breakers

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Tripping Limits and Characteristics
Dielectric Properties
Mechanical and Electrical Endurance
Overload
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
Temperature Rise
145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test)

•
•
•
•
•

Rated service short circuit breaking capacity (O-t-CO-t-CO)
Electrical Endurance (5% of with Current Operations of
Sequence 1)
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
Temperature Rise
145% Calibration (3 poles in series or 3-phase test)

•
•
•
•

200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)
Rated Ultimate Short Circuit Breaking Capacity (O-t-CO)
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

•
•
•
•

200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)
Rated Short-Time Withstand Current
Temperature Rise
Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Maximum Short-Time
Withstand Current (O-t-CO)
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

All Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category A
Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B

•
•

Circuit Breakers of Utilization Category B:
Combined
Sequence

Individual Pole
Short-Circuit Test
Sequence
(Annex H)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)
Rated Short-Time Withstand Current Icw
Rated Service Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity at Ics
(O-CO-CO) at Maximum Relay Temp.
145% Calibration (3 Poles in Series or 3-Phase Test)
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
Temperature Rise
200% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

•
•
•

Individual Pole Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity
Dielectric Voltage Withstand
250% Calibration (Each Pole Separately)

When Icw = Ics Replaces Sequences 2 and 4
When Icw = Ics = Icu Replaces Sequences
2, 3 and 4

Circuit Breakers for Use in IT Systems

21
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems

Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
M-frame circuit breakers are available with the type ET 1.0 electronic trip system. P-frame and R-frame
circuit breakers are available with either the ET1.0I basic electronic trip system or the Micrologic™
electronic trip system. The NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers are available with the Micrologic
electronic trip system. The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker.

Thermal Imaging
The thermal imaging function protects the cables or bus bars from overheating in case of low
amplitude repetitive faults. Such overheating can be due to repetitive motor startings, fluctuating load,
intermittent ground faults, or subsequent closing after a fault. Traditional electronic protection does not
protect against repetitive faults because the duration of each overload above the pickup setting is too
short to achieve effective tripping. Nevertheless, each overload involves a temperature rise in the
installation, the cumulative effect of which could lead to overheating of the system.
The thermal imaging function remembers and integrates the thermal heating caused by each pickup
setting overrun. Before tripping, the integrated heating value will reduce the associated time delay and,
therefore, the reaction of the trip unit will be closer to the real heating of the power network system. After
tripping, the function will also reduce the time delay when closing the circuit breaker on an overload.

True RMS Current Sensing
The sensing system responds to the flow of current through the circuit breaker. The trip unit samples
the current waveform to provide true RMS protection through the fifteenth harmonic. This true RMS
sensing gives accurate values for the magnitude of a non-sinusoidal waveform. Therefore, the heating
effects of harmonically distorted waveforms are accurately evaluated.
The Micrologic H trip unit provides additional sampling of the waveforms to measure and provide
waveform capture of harmonic distortion to the thirty-first harmonic.

Type ET Electronic Trip System
Type ET trip units are available with M-frame, P-frame and R-frame UL/IEC circuit breakers. Circuit
breakers with type ET trip units have a fixed ampere rating. The trip units are not field-interchangeable
and will not accept any communications or other trip unit accessories. The trip system uses a set of
current transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a
tripping solenoid to trip the circuit breaker.

ET1.0 (M-Frame only)
The ET1.0 trip system is available on M-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed long-time and
adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor rating (In),
while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 2–10 x In) with no intentional time delay.

ET1.0I (P-Frame and R-Frame only)
The ET1.0I trip system is available on both P-frame and R-frame circuit breakers and is equipped with fixed
long-time and adjustable instantaneous tripping functions only. The long-time pickup is fixed at 1.0 x sensor
rating (In), while the instantaneous pickup is adjustable (dial settings from 1.5–12 x In) with no intentional
time delay.

ET1.0M (P-Frame only)
The ET1.0M trip system is only available on P-frame motor circuit protectors and provides protection for
short circuit conditions only. The trip unit has a single adjustment for instantaneous pickup that, if
22
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
exceeded, will trip the circuit breaker with no intentional delay. Instantaneous trip dial settings are
2–16 x In for 600 A circuit breakers and 1.5–12 x In for 800–1200 A circuit breakers.

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Systems
The P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 electronic trip circuit breakers can be equipped with the
optional Micrologic trip systems listed below:
Table 15:

Micrologic Trip Systems
(LS0)
Long-time +
Short-time +
Zero delay
(IEC Rated Only)

(LI)
Long-time +
Instantaneous
Protection
(UL Listed,
IEC Rated)

Micrologic Basic Trip Unit

2.0

3.0

5.0

—

Micrologic A Trip Unit

2.0A

3.0A

5.0A

6.0A

Model

(LSI)
Long-time +
Short-time +
Instantaneous
Protection
(UL LIsted, IEC Rated)

(LSIG)
Long-time + Short-time
+ Instantaneous
Protection + Equipment
Ground-fault Protection
(UL LIsted, IEC Rated)

Micrologic P Trip Unit

—

—

5.0P

6.0P

Micrologic H Trip Unit

—

—

5.0H

6.0H

Trip units are designed to protect power circuits and loads. Micrologic trip systems use a set of current
transformers (called CTs or sensors) to sense current, a trip unit to evaluate the current, and a tripping
solenoid to trip the circuit breaker. Adjustable rotary switches on the trip unit allow the user to set the
proper overcurrent or equipment ground-fault current protection required in the electrical system. If
current exceeds a set value for longer than its set time delay, the trip system opens the circuit breaker.
Alarms may be programmed for remote indications. Measurements of current, voltage, frequency,
power, and power quality optimize continuity of service and energy management.
Integration of protection functions in the Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC) electronic
component used in all Micrologic trip units guarantees a high degree of reliability and immunity to
conducted or radiated disturbances. On Micrologic P and H trip units, advanced functions are
managed by an independent microprocessor.
Circuit breakers are shipped with the trip unit long-time pickup switch set at 1.0 and all other trip unit
adjustments set at their lowest settings. Actual settings required for a specific application must be
determined by a qualified consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to
provide coordination between all circuit breakers in the distribution system.
Table 16:

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features
Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option)

Feature

Standard
2.0

Field-Installable

X

LI

3.0

5.0

2.0A

X

X

X

X

LS0

Power

Harmonics

3.0A

5.0A

6.0A

5.0P

6.0P

5.0H

6.0H

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

LSI
LSIG/Ground-Fault

Ammeter

X

X

Trip1

X
X

Ground-Fault Alarm/No Trip1, 2

X
X

X

Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip1, 2

X
X

X

X

Adjustable Rating Plugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

True RMS Sensing

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

UL Listed
Thermal Imaging

X

Phase-Loading Bar Graph

23
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Table 16:

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Features (continued)
Micrologic Trip Unit (X = Standard Feature O = Available Option)

Feature

Standard

LED for Long-Time Pick-Up

Ammeter

2.0

3.0

5.0

2.0A

3.0A

5.0A

6.0A

5.0P

6.0P

5.0H

6.0H

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Digital Ammeter

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

X

X

X

X

LCD Dot Matrix Display

X

X

X

X

Advanced User Interface

X

X

X

X

Interlocking3

X

Communications

O

X

X

X

X

Neutral Protection1

X

X

X

X

Contact Wear Indication

X

X

X

X

Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings

X

X

X

X

Selectable Long-Time Delay Bands

X

X

X

X

Power Measurement

X

X

X

X

Power Quality Measurements

X

X

Waveform Capture

X

X

1

3Ø, 4W circuits require either a neutral current transformer or a 4-pole breaker.

2

Requires M6C Programmable Contact Module.

3

Not available for 2.0A trip units as upstream devices.

Micrologic 5.0A

Micrologic 3.0A

Micrologic 5.0

t= I n=
tsd= tr=
Isd=
Ii= Ir=
Ig=
tg=

MAX
s
kA

long time

(s) 4

8

2
1
.5

@6 Ir

instantaneous

Im

4 5 6
3
8
2
10
1.5
12
x Ir

alarm

12
16
20
24

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In
Isd

4

8

2
1
.5

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

short

3
2.5
2
1.5

tsd

4

x Ir

5
6
8
10

setting

setting

(s)

.4 . 4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
.1 2 0

Ii

on

I t

off

delay

4
3

6 8 10
12
15
2
off
x In

s
kA

100 %

40 %

40 %

40 %

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In

instantaneous

(s)

t= I n=
tsd= tr=
Isd=
Ii= Ir=
Ig=
tg=

MAX

100 %

menu

tr
(s)

4

2
1
.5

8

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In

tr
(s)

4

8

2
1
.5

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

4 5 6
3
8
2
10
1.5
10
x Ir

setting

setting

s
kA

long time

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In

instantaneous

short

instantaneous

Im

MAX

menu

long time

long time

tr

t= I n=
tsd= tr=
Isd=
Ii= Ir=
Ig=
tg=

Micrologic 6.0A

100 %

menu

tr

O

Protective Relay Functions

Micrologic 3.0

long time

Harmonics

LED for Trip Indication

Zone-Selective

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In

Power

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
0
.1

(s)

on

I2t

off

Ii
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x In

Isd

(s)

4

8

2
1
.5

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

short

3
2.5
2
1.5

delay

tr

tsd

4

x Ir

5
6
8
10

.4 .4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
.1 2 0

on

setting

Ig
D
C
B
A

E

Ii

instantaneous

(s)

I t

off

delay

4
3

6 8 10
12
15
off
x In

2

test

tg
F
G
H
J

.4 .4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
.1 2 0

(s)

on

I t

off

ground fault

Micrologic 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units

Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units

24
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Micrologic 5.0P

I(A)

I(A)

Trip

Trip

5000A
24s

5000A
24s

30kA
0.4s
85kA

30kA
0.4s
85kA

long time

Ir
.6
.5
.45
.4

.63

x In

tr
.7
.8
.9
1

8

(s) 4

2
1
.5

Ir
.6
.5
.45
.4

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
.1 2 0

Ii

(s)

on

I t

setting

4
3

off

Isd

6 8 10
12
15
off
2
x In

x In

(s)

8

4

2
1
.5

(s)

5
6
8
10

@ 6 Ir

.3
.2
.1
on

.2
.1
0
2
I t off
delay

.63

x In

tr
.7
.8
.9
1

(s)

4

8

2
1
.5

6 8 10
4
12
3
15
off
2
x In

Ir
.63
.6
.7
.5
.8
.45
.9
.4
1
x In

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
0
.1

(s)

on

setting

test

long time

alarm

12
16
20
24

short

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

Ii

.4 .4 .3

setting

Ig
D
C
B
A

.6
.5
.45
.4
instantaneous

tsd

4

x Ir

Ir

alarm

12
16
20
24

short

3
2.5
2
1.5

delay

.7
.8
.9
1

(A)
I
(V)
V
(kW)
P
E (kWh)
Harmonics

long time

tr

.63

Micrologic 6.0H

(A)
I
(V)
V
(kW)
P
E (kWh)
Harmonics

long time

alarm

12
16
20
24

short

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

Micrologic 5.0H

Micrologic 6.0P

I2t

off

J

delay

I t

tsd
(s)

@ 6 Ir

D
C
B
A

off

ground fault

Ii

.4 .4 .3
.2
.1

.3
.2
.1

2

on

setting

Ig

.4 .4 .3
.3
.2
.2
.1
.1 2 0

on

.5

alarm

12
16
20
24
instantaneous

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

6 8 10
4
12
3
15
off
2
x In

(s)

G
H

8

2
1

short

Ii

tg

E

tr
(s) 4

I t

0
off

4
3

6 8 10
12
15
off
2
x In

delay

test

tg

E

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0

(s)

G
H
J

on

I t

off

ground fault

Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units

Micrologic 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units

Micrologic™ 2.0, 3.0 and 5.0 Basic Trip Units
Micrologic 5.0

The Micrologic 2.0, 3.0, and 5.0 basic trip units protect power circuits.
Protection Settings

long time

Ir
.7

1

.6
.5
.4

.8

x In

alarm

tr
8
(s) 4
.9
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5

• Overload protection
instantaneous

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd

. 4 . 4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
0 2
.1

Ii

(s)

on

setting

off
I t

Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. A full-range of longtime settings are available via field-installable adjustable rating plugs.

4

@6 Ir

short time

2

3

4
3

6 8 10
12
2

— True RMS long-time protection
5

15
off
x In

delay

— Thermal imaging: Active thermal imaging before and after
tripping
• Short-circuit protection

6

— Short-time RMS
— Selection of I2t type (ON or OFF) for short-time delay

1—Long-time current setting and tripping delay
2—Short-time pickup and tripping delay
3—Overload signal (LED)
4—Long-time rating plug screw
5—Instantaneous pickup
6—Test connector
•

Table 17:

t
Ir

Long-time
Protection

tr

Ii
0

I

• Instantaneous protection
• Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers

Micrologic 2.0 and 3.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings
0.98
0.90

1.00
1.00

500
20
13.8

600
24
16.6

Isd = Ir x ...

2.0:

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

6

8

10

Ii = In x ...

3.0:

1.5

2

3

4

5

6

8

10

12

Ir = ln x ...

Maximum Time Delay (s)
Accuracy: 0 to –20%

tr at 1.5 x Ir
tr at 6 x Ir
tr at 7.2 x Ir

Thermal Imaging
Current Setting (A)
Accuracy: ±10%
No delay
Instantaneous Current Setting (A)
Protection
Accuracy: ±10%
Short-time
Protection

2.0: 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95
3.0: 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80
Other ranges are available by changing rating plug
12.5 25
50
100 200 300 400
0.5
1
2
4
8
12
16
0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7
5.5
8.3
11
20 minutes before or after tripping

Current setting (A)
Tripping between 1.05
and 1.20 x Ir

25
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Table 18:
t

Ir

Current Setting (A)
Tripping Between 1.05
and 1.20 x Ir

tr
Long-time
Protection

lsd
tsd
li
0

Micrologic 5.0 Basic Trip Unit Settings

Short-time
Protection

IEC:

0.40

0.50

0.60

0.70

0.80

0.90

0.95

0.98

1.00

UL:

0.40

0.45

0.50

0.60

0.63

0.70

0.80

0.90

1.00

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

tr at 1.5 x Ir
Maximum Time Delay (s)
tr at 6 x Ir
Accuracy: 0 to –20%
tr at 7.2 x Ir

12.5

25

50

100

200

300

400

500

600

0.5

1

2

4

8

12

16

20

24

0.34

0.69

1.38

2.7

5.5

8.3

11

13.8

16.6

Thermal Imaging

20 Minutes Before or After Tripping
5

6

8

10

10

12

15

off

Current Setting (A)
Accuracy: ±10%

I

Ir = ln x ...

lsd = Ir x ...
Settings

Maximum Time Delay (s)
at 10 x Ir

Instantaneous Current Setting (A)
Protection
Accuracy: ±10%

tsd

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

I2t ON

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

Min. Trip
20
Time (ms)

80

140

230

350

Max. Trip
80
Time (ms)

140

200

320

500

3

4

6

8

I2t OFF

Ii = In x ...

2

26
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Micrologic™ 2.0A, 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units with Ammeter

Micrologic 6.0 A
6

Micrologic A trip units protect power circuits and provide current measurements,
overload protection, and short-circuit protection. In addition, the 6.0A trip units also
provide ground-fault protection for equipment.
Protection Settings

1
t= I n=
tsd= tr=
Isd=
Ii= Ir=
Ig=
tg=

MAX
s
kA
7

Protection thresholds and delays are set using the rotary switches. The selected
values are momentarily displayed in amperes and in seconds. A full-range of
long-time settings are available via the field-installable rating plug.
• Overload protection (true RMS long-time protection).
• Thermal imaging (active thermal imaging before and after tripping).
• Short-circuit protection.

100 %

— Short-time RMS.
8

40 %

— I2t ON or OFF for short-time delay.
• Instantaneous protection.
• Ground-fault protection for equipment.

2

— Residual ground-fault protection for equipment.
menu

— Source ground-return ground-fault protection for equipment.
— Modified differential ground-fault protection (MDGF) for equipment.

long time

Ir
.7

3

.6
.5
.4

x In

10

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

short time

4

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0

5

D
C
B
A

E

on

I t

4
3

off

delay

tg
F
G
H
J

Ii

(s)

setting

Ig

9

alarm

tr
8
(s) 4
.9
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5

.8

(s)

6 8 10
12
15
off
2
x In

on

12

.2
.1
2

I t

• ZSI: Zone-selective interlocking (a ZSI terminal block may be used to
interconnect a number of trip units to provide total discrimination for short-time
and equipment ground-fault protection, without delay for tripping). Not available
for 3.0A trip units or for 2.0A trip units installed as upstream device.
Ammeter Measurements

test

.4 .4 .3

.3
.2
.1

11

• Neutral protection on four-pole circuit breakers.

0
off

ground fault

1—Indication of tripping cause
2—Navigation buttons
3—Long-time current setting and tripping delay
4—Short-time pickup and tripping delay
5—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay
6—Test lamp and reset
7—Digital display
8—Three-phase bar graph and ammeter
9—Overload signal (LED)
10—Long-time rating plug screw
11—Instantaneous pickup
12—Electronic push-to-trip
13—Test connector

13

Micrologic A trip units measure the true RMS value of currents. They provide
continuous current measurement from 0.2 to 20 x In with an accuracy of 1.5%
(including sensors). No auxiliary source is needed where I > 0.2 x In. The optional
external power supply (24 Vdc) makes it possible to display currents where I < 0.2
x In and to store values of the interrupted current.
A digital LCD screen continuously displays the most heavily loaded phase (Imax)
or displays the IA, IB, IC, Ig, and (on 4P circuit breakers only) IN stored current and
setting values by successively pressing the navigation button.
Communication Network
In conjunction with an optional communication network, the trip unit transmits the
following parameters:
• Setting values
• All ammeter measurements
• Tripping causes.

27
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Table 19:

Micrologic 2.0A and 3.0A Trip Unit Settings

t
Ir

Current Setting (A)
Tripping Between 1.05
and 1.20 x Ir
Long-time
Protection

tr

Ir = ln x...

Maximum Time Delay (s)
Accuracy: 0–20%

Table 20:
Ir

Current Setting (A)
Accuracy: ±10%, No delay

Long-time
Protection
tsd
li

0

Short-time
Protection

Table 21:

I

1.00

12.5

25

50

100

200

300

400

500

600

tr at 6 x Ir

0.5

1

2

4

8

12

16

20

24

tr at 7.2 x Ir

0.34

0.69

1.38

2.7

5.5

8.3

11

13.8

16.6

Isd = Ir x...

2.0A: 1.5

2

2.5

3

4

5

6

8

10

Ii = In x...

3.0A: 1.5

2

3

4

5

6

8

10

12

IEC:

0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

UL:

0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Other ranges are available by changing rating plug
50

100

200

300

400

500

600

2

4

8

12

16

20

24

5.5

8.3

11

13.8 16.6

Thermal Imaging

20 minutes before or after tripping
5

6

8

10

10

12

15

off

Settings

I2t OFF

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

80

140

230

350

I2t ON
Min. trip time (ms)

tsd

1

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7

lsd = Ir x...

Maximum Time Delay (s)
at 10 x Ir

20

Max. trip time (ms) 80

Ii = In x...

2

140

200

320

500

3

4

6

8

Micrologic 6.0A Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings

Settings

0

1.00

0.90

0.5

Ground-fault Pickup (A)
Accuracy: ±10%

I t off

tg

0.98

0.80

12.5 25

t

2

0.95

0.70

tr at 1.5 x Ir
Maximum Time Delay (s)
tr at 6 x Ir
Accuracy: 0–20%
tr at 7.2 x Ir

Instantaneous Current Setting (A)
Protection
Accuracy: ±10%

lg

0.90

0.63

tr at 1.5 x Ir

Ir = ln x...

Current Setting (A)
Accuracy: ±10%

I

I2t on

0.80

0.60

Micrologic 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Unit Settings
Current Setting (A)
Tripping Between 1.05
and 1.20 x Ir

lsd

0.70

0.50

20 Minutes Before or After Tripping

Instantaneous Current Setting (A)
Protection
Accuracy: ±10%

tr

0.60

0.45

Thermal Imaging

I

Short-time
Protection

t

0.50

3.0A: 0.40

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

Ii
0

2.0A: 0.40

Maximum Time Delay (s) at
1 x Ig

tg

Ig = ln x...

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

ln ≤ 400 A

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

ln > 1200 A

500

640

720

800

880

960

1040 1120 1200

I2t OFF

0

I2t ON

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

Minimum Trip Time (ms)

20

80

140

230

350

Maximum Trip Time (ms)

80

140

200

320

500

External Power Supplies for Micrologic Trip Units
Current-based protection functions require no auxiliary power source.
Table 22:

Micrologic A Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Function

Without 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2

With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1 and F2

Fault Protection for LSIG Functions

Yes

Yes

LED Trip Indication

Yes

Yes

Ammeter and bar graph displays

Yes

Yes

Trip setting and Max. Current Readings Can Be
Accessed on the Display by Using Navigation
Buttons

Yes, If Current Flow on One Phase is Equal To or Greater Than:
Sensor Plug Value (In)

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for
Testing Ground Fault1
Modbus®

Communications (Optional)

Back-lit Display
1

Minimum Ground-fault Pickup

100–250 A

30% of sensor rating

400–1200 A

20% of sensor rating

1600–6300 A

500 A

Yes

No

Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for
the circuit breaker communication module

No

Yes

Ground fault Push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

28
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Micrologic™ 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units with Power Metering
Micrologic P trip units provide power metering and extended protection in addition
to the adjustable protection functions of the Micrologic A trip unit.

Micrologic 6.0 P
9
1

The adjustable protection functions of the 5.0P and 6.0P trip units are identical to
those of Micrologic A trip unit (overloads, short circuits, equipment ground-fault
protection; see page 27). These units also feature:

I(A)
Trip

• Fine adjustment

5000A
24s

2

Within the range below the rotary switch setting, fine adjustments of
pickups/delays in steps of 1 A/s (except for short-time and ground-fault) are
possible on the keypad or remotely by the communication network.

30kA
0.4s
85kA

• Inverse definite minimum time lag (IDMTL) setting.

10

11

3

long time

Ir
.7
.6
.5
.4

x In

7

13

8

• Neutral protection

instantaneous

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
.1 2 0

D
C
B
A

E

on

I t

off

4
3

6 8 10
12
15
off
2
x In

delay

tg
F
G
H
J

Ii

(s)

setting
(s)

on

15

.2
.1
2

I t

14

test

.4 .4 .3

.3
.2
.1

NOTE: Neutral protection is disabled if long-time curve is set to one of the
IDMTL protection settings.
• Configuring Alarms and Other Protection Functions

@ 6 Ir

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir
Ig

12

alarm

tr
8
(s) 4
.9
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5

.8

short time

6

Coordination with fuse-type or medium-voltage protection systems is
optimized by adjusting the long-time delay curve around 6 x Ir axis. This setting
ensures better coordination with certain loads.

On three-pole circuit breakers, neutral protection may be set using the keypad or
remotely using the communication network to one of four positions: OFF, 1/2N
(1/2 x In), 1N (1 x In), or 1.6N (2 x In).

4

5

Protection Settings

16

0
off

ground fault

1—Indication of tripping cause
2—High resolution screen
3—Measurement display
4—Navigation buttons
5—Long-time current setting and tripping delay
6—Short-time pickup and tripping delay
7—Hole for settings lockout pin
8—Ground-fault pickup and tripping delay
9—Test lamp and indication reset
10—Maintenance indicators
11—Protection settings
12—Overload signal (LED)
13—Long-time rating plug screw
14—Instantaneous pickup
15—Electronic push-to-trip
16—Test connector

When the cover is closed, the keypad may no longer be used to change the
protection settings, but it still provides access to the displays for
measurements, histories, indicators, etc. Depending on the thresholds and
time delays set, the Micrologic P trip unit monitors current, voltage, power,
frequency, and phase sequence. Each threshold overrun may be signalled
remotely via the communication network.
Each threshold overrun may be combined with tripping (protection) or an
indication carried out by an optional M6C programmable contact (alarm), or both
(protection and alarm).
Maintenance Record
The maintenance record can be consulted using the full-function test kit or
remotely via the communication network. It can be used as an aid in
troubleshooting and to assist scheduling for device maintenance operations.
Recorded indications include:
• Highest current measured
• Operation counter (cumulative total and total since last reset)
• Number of test kit connections
• Number of trips in operating mode

Load Shedding and Reconnection Parameters
Load shedding and reconnection parameters can be set according to the power or the current flowing
through the circuit breaker. Load shedding is carried out by a remote computer via the communication
network or by an M6C programmable contact.
29
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Indication Option Via Programmable Contacts
The M6C programmable contact may be used to signal threshold overruns or status changes. It can be
programmed using the keypad on the Micrologic P trip unit or remotely using the communication
network. The contact is required to obtain data from the protective relay functions on Type P and
Type H trip units.
Table 23:
t

Ir

Current Setting (A)
Tripping Between 1.05
and 1.20 x Ir

tr

Long-Time
(RMS)
Protection

Isd
IDMTL

tsd
Ii

0

Ir

Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings

Isd

I

Table 24:

Settings
Maximum Time Delay (s) at
1 x Ig

Current

tsd

I2t OFF

Power
Frequency
Phase

Table 26:

100

200

300

400

500

600

2

4

8

12

16

20

24

0.34 0.69 1.38 2.7

5.5

8.3

11

13.8 16.6

SIT

EIT

1

VIT

1.5

2

2.5

3

4

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

80

140

230

350

I2t ON
Min. Trip Time (ms)

20

Max. Trip Time (ms) 80

Ii = IN x...

2

HV Fuse

DT

5

6

8

10

140

200

320

500

3

4

6

8

10

12

15

off

tg

Ig = ln x...

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

ln ≤ 400 A

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

400 A < ln ≤ 1200 A

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

ln > 1200 A

500

640

720

800

880

960

1040 1120 1200

I2t OFF

0

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4
0.4

I2t ON

0.1

0.2

0.3

Min. Trip Time (ms)

20

80

140

230

350

Max. Trip Time (ms)

80

140

200

320

500

J

Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Protection Functions

Current Imbalance
Maximum Current

Imax: IA, IB, IC, IN, Ig

Voltage Imbalance
Voltage

50

0.5

Micrologic 6.0P Trip Unit Ground-Fault Settings

I2t off

Table 25:

lsd = Ir x...
Settings

Maximum Time Delay (s)
at 10 x Ir

Ground-Fault Pickup (A)
Accuracy: ±10%

I

12.5 25

20 Minutes Before or After Tripping

t

0

Other Ranges are Available by Changing Rating Plug

Curve slope

Instantaneous Current Setting (A)
Protection
Accuracy: ±10%

tg

0.40 0.45 0.50 0.60 0.63 0.70 0.80 0.90 1.00

Thermal Imaging

Short-Time
(RMS)
Protection

lg

0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.00

UL

Maximum Time Delay (s)
tr at 6 x Ir
Accuracy: 0 to –20%
tr at 7.2 x Ir

Current Setting (A)
Accuracy: ±10%

I2t on

IEC

Ir = ln x...
tr at 1.5 x Ir

IDMTL Setting

Ii

Ir = ln x...

Threshold

Time Delay

0.05 to 0.6 x Imax

1 to 40 s

0.2 to 1.0 x In

15 to 1500 s

0.02 to 0.3 x Vn

1 to 40 s

Vmin

100 to 725 V (Phase Total)

0.25 to 0.5 s

Maximum Voltage

Vmax

100 to 1200 V (Between Phases)

0.20 to 5.0 s

Maximum Power

Pmax

5 to 500 kW

0.2 to 20 s

Reverse Power

Pr

0.02 to 0.2 x Pn

0.5 to 20 s

Minimum Voltage

Minimum Frequency

Fmin

45 to 65 Hz

0.2 to 5 s

Maximum Frequency

Fmax

45 to 540 Hz

0.2 to 5 s

Sequence

ΔØ

ØA-ØB-ØC or ØA-ØC-ØB

Instantaneous

Micrologic 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Unit Settings for Current and Power Load-Shedding
Pickup

Drop-out

Threshold

Time Delay

Threshold

Time Delay

Current

I

0.5 to 1.0 x Ir Per Phase

20% to 80% x tr

0.3 to 1.0 x Ir per phase

10 to 600 s

Power

P

200 kW to 10 MW

10 to 3600 s

100 kW to 10 MW

10 to 3600 s

Micrologic P trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based
protection functions require no auxiliary power source.

30
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Table 27:

Micrologic P Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply

Function

Without 24 Vdc Power
Supply at F1 and F2

With 24 Vdc Power Supply at F1
and F2

Fault Protection for LSIG Functions

Yes

Yes

LED Trip Indication

Yes

Yes

LCD Display and Backlight are Functional

Yes1

Yes

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing
Ground Fault2

Yes1

Yes

Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional

Yes1

Yes

Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and
M6C Programmable Contact Modules

No

Yes

Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module

No

Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for
the module

Modbus® Communications

No

Yes, with separate 24 Vdc power supply for
the circuit breaker communication module

1
2

If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application.
Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

Tripping and Alarm Histories
The last ten trips and ten alarms are recorded in two separate history files that can be displayed on the
screen (sample displays are shown).
The following information is contained in these files:
Trip
history

Trip
03/08/1999
11:04:18 am

Trip History

Alarm History

03/08/1999

Ir = 4000 A

• Type of fault

• Type of alarm

Isd

I1 = 4800 A

• Date and time of fault

• Date and time of alarm

27/07/1999

I2 = 5600 A

• Interrupted current

• Values measured at time of
alarm

Vmax

I3 = 4000 A

Ir

30/06/1999

Trip History

IN = 200 A

Alarm History

Metering
The Micrologic P trip unit calculates in real time the electrical values V, A, W, VAR, VA, Wh, VARh,
VAh, Hz, power factor and crest factor. It also calculates demand current and power over an adjustable
time period.

I(A)

Iinstant.
max

Trip
5000 A
24s
30kA
0.4s
85kA

Current Metering

IA = 4800 A
IB = 4600 A
IC = 4000 A
IN = 200 A
I = 13 A

Maximum Current

Vinst.
VAB = 460 V
VBC = 464 V
VCA = 461 V
VAN = 270 V
VBN = 279 V
VCN = 273 V

Voltage Metering

Pinst.
P

(kW)
2180

Q

(kVAR)
- 650

S

(kVA)
2280

Power Metering

F (Hz)
60.0

Frequency

Pdemand
P

(kW)
2180

Q

(kVAR)
- 650

S

(kVA)
2280

Power Demand

31
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Real-Time Metering
The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. Minimum and maximum measurement
values are stored in memory.
Table 28:

Real-Time Metering
Unit of
Measurement

Measurement Source

IRMS

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

IAVERAGE

A

(ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3

IPEAK/√ 2

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

VRMS

V

(ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–ØA)

VRMS

V

(ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N)

ΔVIMBALANCE

%

VRMS

P, Q and S

W, VAR, VA

Total

EP, EQ and ES

Wh, VARh, VAh

Total

Hz

50/60

Type of Measurement

Current

Voltage

Power

Power factor
Frequency

F

Total

Demand Metering
The demand is calculated over a fixed or sliding time window that can be programmed from five to sixty
minutes. Depending on the contract signed with the power supplier, specific programming makes it
possible to avoid or minimize the cost of overrunning the subscribed power. Maximum demand values
are systematically stored and time stamped.
Table 29:

Demand Metering

Type of Measurement

Unit of Measurement

Measurement Source

Current

IDEMAND

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Power

P, Q and SDEMAND

W, VAR, VA

Total

Communication Network
The communication network may be used to:

•
•
•
•

Remotely read parameters for the protection functions.
Transmit all the measurements and calculated values.
Signal the causes of tripping and alarms.
Consult the history files and the maintenance indicator record.

In addition, an event log of the last 100 events and a maintenance record, which is stored in the trip
unit memory but not available locally, may be accessed via the communication network.
This Modbus® communication system is compatible with the Powerlogic™ System Manager™
software (SMS).

Event Log
The event log may be accessed by a remote computer via the communication network. All events are
time stamped and include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Trips
Beginning and end of alarms
Modifications to settings and parameters
Loss of time
Test kit connections
Counter resets
System faults (thermal self-protection, major fault and minor fault alarms)

32
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Micrologic™ 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units with Harmonic Metering
In addition to the P functions, the Micrologic H trip units offer:
Micrologic 6.0 H

(A)
I
(V)
V
(kW)
P
E (kWh)
Harmonics

•
•
•

In-depth analysis of power quality including calculation of harmonics and the fundamentals

•

Systematic time stamping of all events and creation of logs

Diagnostics aid and event analysis through waveform capture
Customized alarm programming to analyze and track down a disturbance on the ac
power system

Metering
The Micrologic H trip unit offers all the measurements carried out by the Micrologic P trip unit, with
the addition of phase-by-phase measurements of power and energy as well as calculation of:

•
•
•

Current and voltage total harmonic distortion (THD, thd)

•

Real-time metering: The value displayed on the screen is refreshed every second. The
table below shows what is measured in real-time metering

Current, voltage and power fundamentals (50/60 Hz)
Harmonic components (amplitude and phase) up to the 31st current and voltage
harmonic

Table 30:

Measurements

Type of Measurement
long time

Ir
.7
.6
.5
.4

alarm

tr
8
(s) 4
.9
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5

.8

x In

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

short time

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd
(s)

Ig
E

.3
.2
.1
on

.2
.1
0
2
I t off
delay

lg
F
G
H
J

Ii

.4 .4 .3

setting

D
C
B
A

Current

(s)

6 8 10
4
12
3
15
off
2
x In

Voltage

test

Power

.4 .4 .3

.3
.2
.1
on

.2
.1

Unit of Measurement

Measurement Source

IRMS

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

IAVERAGE

A

(ØA + ØB + ØC) / 3

IPEAK/√2

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

ΔIIMBALANCE

%

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

VRMS

V

(ØA–ØB), (ØB–ØC) and (ØC–
ØA)

VRMS

V

(ØA–N), (ØB–N) and (ØC–N)

ΔVIMBALANCE

%

VRMS

P, Q and S

W, VAR, VA

Total

EP, EQ and ES

Wh, VARh, VAh

Total

Power factor
Frequency

0
I t off
2

ground fault

Hz

ØA, ØB, or ØC

Fundamentals

50/60 Hz component

V, I, P, Q, and S

%

V/I

Amplitude to phase

1, 2, 3, 4...50

Power Quality
THD
Indicators
V and I harmonics

•

Total

F

Demand Metering: Similar to the Micrologic P trip unit, demand values are calculated over a fixed
or sliding time window that can be set from five to sixty minutes.

Table 31:

Demand Metering

Type of Measurement

Unit of Measurement

Measurement Source

Current

IDEMAND

A

ØA, ØB, ØC or N

Power

P, Q and SDEMAND

W, VAR, VA

Total

Waveform Capture
The Micrologic H trip units can capture and store current and voltage waveforms using digital sampling
techniques similar to those used in oscilloscopes. Using the information available in the captured
waveform, it is possible to determine the level of harmonics as well as the direction and amplitude of
the flow of harmonic power.
The Micrologic™ H trip unit can record manually via the keypad the following waveforms:

•
•

Currents IA, IB, IC and IN
Phase-to-phase voltages VAB, VBC, and VCA
33

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Waveforms may be displayed on the graphic screen of the control unit or communicated over a
networked system. The recording takes place over one cycle with a measurement range of 1 to 1.5 In
for current and 0 to 690 volts for voltage. Resolution is 64 points per cycle.
Customized Alarm Programming
The instantaneous value of each measurement can be compared to user-set high and low thresholds.
Overrun of a threshold generates an alarm. Programmable action can be linked to each alarm, including
circuit breaker opening, activation of an M6C contact, recording of measurements in a log, etc.
Event Logs
Each event is recorded with:

•
•

The date, time, and name of the event
The event characteristics

Micrologic H trip units are designed to be used with an external 24 Vdc power supply. Current-based
protection functions require no auxiliary power source.
Table 32:

Micrologic H Use of External 24 Vdc Power Supply
Without 24 Vdc Power With 24 Vdc Power Supply
Supply at F1 and F2
at F1 and F2

Function
Fault Protection for LSIG Functions

Yes

Yes

LED Trip Indication

Yes

Yes

LCD Display and Backlight are Functional

Yes1

Yes

Ground-Fault Push-to-Trip Button Works for Testing Ground Fault2 Yes1

Yes

Metering, Monitoring, and History Logs are Functional

Yes1

Yes

Communications Between Trip Unit and M2C and M6C
Programmable Contact Modules

No

Yes

Operation of M6C Programmable Contact Module

No

Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc
Power Supply for the Module

Modbus™ Communications

No

Yes, with Separate 24 Vdc
Power Supply for the Circuit
Breaker Communication Module

1
2

If circuit breaker has 100 Vac or more between two phases or phase to neutral and is bottom fed or closed in a top fed application.
Ground-fault push-to-trip button will also be functional if hand-held test kit or full-function test kit is powering the trip unit.

Additional Characteristics for Type P and H Trip Units

•

Setting the display language: System messages can be displayed in six different languages
(English - US, English - UK, French, German, Spanish, and Italian). The desired language is
selected via the keypad.

•

Protection functions: All current-based protection functions require no auxiliary source. Voltagebased protection functions are connected to ac power via a voltage measurement input built into
the circuit breaker on the bottom side. (Optional external voltage measurement is available as a
factory-installed option.)

•

Accuracy of measurements (including sensors):
— Voltage (V) 1%
— Current (A) 1.5% (higher accuracy [1%] may be achieved with special calibration on the current
transformer [CT characterization option])
— Frequency (Hz) 0.1 Hz
— Power (W) and energy (Wh) 2.5%
— The Micrologic H trip unit uses a dedicated metering data chain separate from the protection
data chain so that a greater number of data samples can be used for metering. This increases
the number of samples taken per time period, which in turn gives the H trip unit a higher degree
of metering accuracy.

34
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
•

Stored information: The fine setting adjustments, the last 100 events and the maintenance record
remain in the trip unit memory even when power is lost.

•

Reset: An individual reset, via the keypad or remotely, will reset alarms, minimum and maximum
data, peak values, counters and indicators.

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Functions
Long-time
Pickup
Long-time
Delay

long time

Ir
.7
.6
.5
.4

alarm

tr
8
(s) 4
.9
12
16
.95 2
.98 1
20
24
1
.5

.8

x In

Alarm
Indicator

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

short time

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
0
.1

on

I2t

setting

Ig
D
C
B
A

E

4
3

2

off

x In

15
off
test

.4 .4 .3

(s)

.3
.2
.1
on

The long-time pickup switch sets the maximum current level the circuit breaker will
carry continuously. The maximum current level (Ir) is the long-time pickup setting
multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In). If the current exceeds this value for longer
than the long-time delay time, the circuit breaker will trip.
The long-time delay switch sets the length of time that the circuit breaker will carry a
sustained overload before tripping. Delay bands are labeled in seconds of overcurrent
at six times the ampere rating. For maximum coordination, there are eight delay bands.
Long-time delay is an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as
the current increases.

6 8 10
12

delay

tg
F
G
H
J

Ii

(s)

Long-Time Trip Functions

.2
.1
0
I2t off

The trip unit includes an alarm indicator that will be lit continuously when the current is
above 100% of the pickup setting.

ground fault

Long-time Trip Functions

Short-Time Trip Functions
Short-time
Pickup

long time

Ir
.7
.6
.5
.4

tr

.8

(s) 4
.9
.95 2
.98 1
1
.5

x In

8

alarm

12
16
20
24

Short-time
Delay
Instantaneous

@ 6 Ir

instantaneous

short time

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

tsd
(s)

.3
.2
.1
on

setting

Ig
D
C
B
A

E

.2
.1
0
I2t off
delay

tg
F
G
H
J

Ii

.4 .4 .3

(s)

6 8 10
12
4
3
15
2
off
x In
test

.4 .4 .3
.2
.1

.3
.2
.1
on

I2t

0
off

ground fault

Short-time Trip Functions

The short-time pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit
breaker will trip after the set short-time delay. The short-time current (Isd) equals the
short-time pickup setting multiplied by the long-time pickup (Ir).
The short-time delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry a short
circuit within the short-time pickup range. The delay (based on 10 times the ampere
rating Ir) can be adjusted to four positions of I2t ramp operation (I2t ON) or five
positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is an “inverse time” characteristic
in that the delay time decreases as the current increases. Short-time delay for the 2.0
trip unit is fixed at a delay band of 20 to 80 ms.
Instantaneous Trip Function
The instantaneous pickup switch sets the short-circuit current level at which the circuit
breaker will trip with no intentional time delay. The instantaneous current (Ii) is equal to
the instantaneous pickup setting multiplied by the sensor plug amperage (In).
The instantaneous function will override the short-time function if the instantaneous
pickup is adjusted at the same or lower setting than the short-time pickup. In trip units
with both adjustable short-time and instantaneous trip functions, the adjustable
instantaneous trip can be disabled by setting Instantaneous pickup to OFF.

35
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Ground-Fault Trip Functions
The ground-fault pickup switch sets the current level at which the circuit breaker will trip
after the set ground-fault delay. Ground-fault pickup values (Ig) are based on circuit
breaker sensor plug (In) only, not on the rating plug multiplier (Ir). Changing the rating
plug multiplier has no effect on ground-fault pickup values.

long time

Ir
.7
.6
.5
.4

tr

.8

(s) 4
.9
.95 2
.98 1
1
.5

x In

8

alarm

12
16
20
24

@ 6 Ir

tsd

.4 .4 .3
.2
.3
.1
.2
0
.1

D
C
B
A

E

on
tg

F
G
H
J

Ii

(s)

setting

Ig

Ground-fault
Pickup

instantaneous

short time

Isd
4
5
3
2.5
6
2
8
1.5
10
x Ir

(s)

I2t
delay

off

4
3

6 8 10
12

Ground-fault
Delay

15
2
off
x In
test

.4 .4 .3

.3
.2
.1
on

.2
.1
0
I2t off

The ground-fault delay switch sets the length of time the circuit breaker will carry
ground-fault current which exceeds the ground-fault pickup level before tripping. The
delay, based on the sensor plug amperage (In), can be adjusted to four positions of I2t
ramp operation (I2t ON) or five positions of fixed time delays (I2t OFF). I2t ON delay is
an “inverse time” characteristic in that the delay time decreases as the current
increases.

ground fault

Communication Network
P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers and Micrologic™ trip unit information is
available via a Modbus® communication network to Powerlogic™ System ManagerTM software (SMS)
or third party applications for reporting and recording.
Types of Information via Modbus communication network includes:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Circuit breaker identification and status
Remote control of circuit breaker operation
View and set protection function parameters
Real-time readings
Trip indication
Alarm reporting
Historical files and maintenance records

The Modbus circuit breaker communication feature, standard on the Micrologic P and H trip units and
available for the Micrologic A trip unit, is made up of:

•

A Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) installed on the circuit breaker and
supplied with a kit for optional connection to the XF shunt close and MX shunt trip

•

An optional Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM) installed adjacent to the circuit breaker
cradle. A set of cradle position switches is required for status of circuit breaker position (connected,
test, or disconnected). (Drawout circuit breaker only.)

Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM)
The Modbus Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) is installed in the circuit breaker and
requires a separate, isolated 24 Vdc power source. The BCM is optically coupled to the Micrologic trip
unit to ensure a high level of isolation between the trip unit and the communication network. The
Modbus BCM provides circuit breaker status via dedicated OF (open or closed) and SDE (fault tripped)
switches and provides the capability of remotely controlling the circuit breaker. It also maintains an
event log of circuit breaker status containing the number of times the circuit breaker has experienced
each status position with the date and time of the last transition. This information and the remote
control capability are available to a Modbus supervisor system via a Modbus communication network.

Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM)
The optional Modbus Cradle Communication Module (CCM) (drawout circuit breakers only) is installed
adjacent to the circuit breaker cradle and is the gateway between the Modbus network and the Modbus
BCM. The Modbus CCM provides circuit breaker cradle status including connected position (CE),
disconnected position (CD) and cradle test position (CT). The CCM monitors the position of the
36
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 2—Electronic Trip Systems
Modbus BCM and trip unit when it detects a circuit breaker being racked from the disconnected to the
test position. This capability allows a circuit breaker to be replaced without the need to manually
configure the communication parameters in the Modbus BCM. The CCM maintains an event log of the
date and time of the last circuit breaker transition. In order to aid system communication troubleshooting,
the CCM has visual indication of the module’s operating status by means of two LEDs.

Powerlogic™ System Manager Software (SMS)
System Manager Software (SMS), used for power systems and energy management, provides the
human-machine interface (HMI) for electrical system information on a PC. SMS displays circuit breaker
and trip unit information in several formats including:

•

Graphical screens including real-time readings, circuit breaker status and remote control of circuit
breaker operation

•
•
•
•

Tables displaying real-time readings, maintenance information and date and time of last operation
Waveform captures including harmonic content
Tabular displays of event logs and data logs
Alarm annunciation and recording

Electrical Installation Supervision using ION-Enterprise Software
•

PowerLogic™ ION-Enterprise software is ideally suited to the supervision needs of small system
applications, monitoring up to 32 devices.

•

Installed on a PC under Windows, it represents a cost-effective and easy-to-implement powermonitoring solution that offers:
— automatic detection of compatible devices
— real-time monitoring of data including power requirements
— a report generator with a number of pre-defined reports that can be exported to
— Excel
— cost allocation
— time-stamped data-logging possibilities
— Modbus serial and Modbus TCP/IP compatible communication.

37
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Performance
PowerPact M-frame molded case circuit breakers provide improved performance and a compact solution
for applications up to 800 A. They complement the existing PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers,
and replace the traditional MA/MH circuit breakers with a smaller footprint and competitive cost.

•
•

Available in 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, and 800 A ratings.
Available in 2- and 3-pole unit-mount and I-Line versions
Table 33:
Frame

Termination Options
Termination
Letter

M-Frame Unit-Mount
M-Frame

Termination Option

F

No Lugs

L

Lugs both ends

M

Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end

P

Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter
in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0
Termination
Letter

M-Frame I-Line

•

Built-in electronic trip unit type ET 1.0 provides better accuracy than standard thermal-magnetic trip
units. The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the trip point
setting. (It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.)

•

FIxed long-time and adjustable instantaneous protection (2 to 10 times nominal ampere rating) is
standard.

•

Same dimensions, common mounting, bussing, cabling and door cut-out as PowerPact P-frame
circuit breakers.

•
•

Approximately 15% smaller installed volume than the MA/MH circuit breakers.
A full range of electrical accessories are available:
— Shunt trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)
— Undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)
— Time delayed undervoltage trip (various AC and DC voltages are available)
— Auxiliary switches (up to 3A/3B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage)
— Alarm switch (1A/1B); low-level switches are also available (voltage and amperage)
— Overcurrent trip switch (SDE)

•

A full range of mechanical accessories are available:
— Standard mechanical lugs (aluminum or copper)
— Crimp (compression) lugs (aluminum or copper)
— Power distribution lugs (aluminum only)
— Bus connector kit
— Inter-phase barriers
— Door escutcheons (for toggle or accessory cover)
— Padlocking device (removable or fixed version), complies with OSHA requirements
— Key-lock device (Kirk® or Schneider Electric™ keylocks)

38
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
Table 34:

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with
Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings)
Current Rating

Type

Poles
300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

MG

2

MGL26300

MGL26350

MGL26400

MGL26450

MGL26500

MGL26600

MGL26700

MGL26800

MJ

2

MJL26300

MJL26350

MJL26400

MJL26450

MJL26500

MJL26600

MJL26700

MJL26800

MG

3

MGL36300

MGL36350

MGL36400

MGL36450

MGL36500

MGL36600

MGL36700

MGL36800

MJ

3

MJL36300

MJL36350

MJL36400

MJL36450

MJL36500

MJL36600

MJL36700

MJL36800

Table 35:

UL/IEC Rated, I-Line™, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with
Non-Interchangeable 1.0 Electronic Trip (Fixed Long-Time and Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Settings)
Current Rating

Type

Poles
300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

MG1

2

MGA263002

MGA263502

MGA264002

MGA264502

MGA265002

MGA266002

MGA267002

MGA268002

MJ1

2

MJA263002

MJA263502

MJA264002

MJA264502

MJA265002

MJA266002

MJA267002

MJA268002

MG2

3

MGA36300

MGA36350

MGA36400

MGA36450

MGA36500

MGA36600

MGA36700

MGA36800

MJ2

3

MJA36300

MJA36350

MJA36400

MJA36450

MJA36500

MJA36600

MJA36700

MJA36800

1

Suffix 2 is for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

2

No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

Interrupting Ratings
Table 36:

Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Ratings

Mounting

IndividuallyMounted
M-Frame Unit-Mount

I-Line

Circuit
Breaker

MG
MJ
MG
MJ

IEC 60947-2
UL/CSA/NMX
240 Vac

380/415 Vac

240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

65 kA
100 kA
65 kA
100 kA

35 kA
65 kA
35 kA
65 kA

18 KA
25 kA
18 KA
25 kA

50 kA
65 kA
50 kA
65 kA

25 kA
35 kA
25 kA
35 kA

35 kA
50 kA
35 kA
50 kA

20 kA
25 kA
20 kA
25 kA

Termination Information
Unit-mount circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit breakers have
lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire. See Table 88 on page
86 for more lug options.

Accessories
M-Frame I-Line

Accessories are available either factory- or field-installed. They can be installed in accessory compartments
behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 62 on page 70 for available accessories.

39
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 3—PowerPact M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Control Wiring
Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.
NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position
Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams

Auxiliary
Contacts

OF

Open/Closed Circuit Breaker
Position Contacts

SD

Bell Alarm

Remote
Operation

MN

Undervoltage Trip Device

MX

Shunt Trip

Remote Operation

SD

Closed

Open

92
94

82
84

31 32 34

12
14

OF3

21 22 24

32
34

OF2

D2/C2

Alarm Contacts

C2

D1/C1

11 12 14

D2

MN/MX

OF1

Tripped

Connector Description

Fault

Function

22
24

Figure 1:

91 92 94

MN

MX

OF3

OF2

OF1

SDE

SD

81
82

or

91

81

11

21

31

D1

C1

84
SDE

40
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Performance
Providing unparalleled performance and control, the P-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive
Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and
monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.
The compact size and small footprint of the P-frame circuit breaker permits high density installations in
I-Line™ panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in 100% rated
construction for all unit-mount circuit breakers and up to 800 A in I-Line circuit breakers to meet a
broad range of commercial and industrial application needs.

•

Both standard (80%) and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 1200 A with a
sensor size range of 250–1200 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):

P-Frame Unit-Mount

P-Frame I-Line

Voltage

G

J

K

L

240 Vac

65 kA

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

480 Vac

35 kA

65 kA

50 kA

100 kA

600 Vac

18 kA

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

•

The P-frame circuit breakers with K interrupting rating are recommended for applications having
high inrush and/or non-linear loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for small footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and
switchboards. Nine inch width provides increased density installation.

•
•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•
•
•

Field-installable sensor plugs (after January 2007). See Table 74 on page 78.

•
•

Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility.

P-Frame Drawout

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering
and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.
Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.
Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to
purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.
Additional options are available for 5-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting.

41
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers
Table 37:

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic
Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2

Trip Unit
Current Rating (Sensor Rating)

Basic Electronic
Trip Unit

Type

250 A3

400 A

600 A

800 A

1000 A

ET1.0I

—

—

PGL36060

PGL36080

PGL36100

PGL36120

2P4, 3P

—

—

PJL36060

PJL36080

PJL36100

PJL36120

—

—

PKL36060

PKL36080

PKL36100

PKL36120

—

—

PLL34060

PLL34080

PLL34100

PLL34120

PGL36025U31A

PGL36040U31A

PGL36060U31A

PGL36080U31A

PGL36100U31A

PGL36120U31A

PJL36025U31A

PJL36040U31A

PJL36060U31A

PJL36080U31A

PJL36100U31A

PJL36120U31A

PKL36025U31A

PKL36040U31A

PKL36060U31A

PKL36080U31A

PKL36100U31A

PKL36120U31A

PLL34025U31A

PLL34040U31A

PLL34060U31A

PLL34080U31A

PLL34100U31A

PLL34120U31A

PGL36025U33A

PGL36040U33A

PGL36060U33A

PGL36080U33A

PGL36100U33A

PGL36120U33A

PJL36025U33A

PJL36040U33A

PJL36060U33A

PJL36080U33A

PJL36100U33A

PJL36120U33A

PKL36025U33A

PKL36040U33A

PKL36060U33A

PKL36080U33A

PKL36100U33A

PKL36120U33A

PLL34025U33A

PLL34040U33A

PLL34060U33A

PLL34080U33A

PLL34100U33A

PLL34120U33A

PGL36025U41A

PGL36040U41A

PGL36060U41A

PGL36080U41A

PGL36100U41A

PGL36120U41A

PJL36025U41A

PJL36040U41A

PJL36060U41A

PJL36080U41A

PJL36100U41A

PJL36120U41A

PKL36025U41A

PKL36040U41A

PKL36060U41A

PKL36080U41A

PKL36100U41A

PKL36120U41A

PLL34025U41A

PLL34040U41A

PLL34060U41A

PLL34080U41A

PLL34100U41A

PLL34120U41A

PGL36025U43A

PGL36040U43A

PGL36060U43A

PGL36080U43A

PGL36100U43A

PGL36120U43A

PJL36025U43A

PJL36040U43A

PJL36060U43A

PJL36080U43A

PJL36100U43A

PJL36120U43A

PKL36025U43A

PKL36040U43A

PKL36060U43A

PKL36080U43A

PKL36100U43A

PKL36120U43A

PLL34025U43A

PLL34040U43A

PLL34060U43A

PLL34080U43A

PLL34100U43A

PLL34120U43A

PGL36025U44A

PGL36040U44A

PGL36060U44A

PGL36080U44A

PGL36100U44A

PGL36120U44A

PJL36025U44A

PJL36040U44A

PJL36060U44A

PJL36080U44A

PJL36100U44A

PJL36120U44A

PKL36025U44A

PKL36040U44A

PKL36060U44A

PKL36080U44A

PKL36100U44A

PKL36120U44A

PLL34025U44A

PLL34040U44A

PLL34060U44A

PLL34080U44A

PLL34100U44A

PLL34120U44A

PGL36025U63AE1

PGL36040U63AE1

PGL36060U63AE1

PGL36080U63AE1

PGL36100U63AE1

PGL36120U63AE1

PJL36025U63AE1

PJL36040U63AE1

PJL36060U63AE1

PJL36080U63AE1

PJL36100U63AE1

PJL36120U63AE1

PKL36025U63AE1

PKL36040U63AE1

PKL36060U63AE1

PKL36080U63AE1

PKL36100U63AE1

PKL36120U63AE1

PLL34025U63AE1

PLL34040U63AE1

PLL34060U63AE1

PLL34080U63AE1

PLL34100U63AE1

PLL34120U63AE1

PGL36025U64AE1

PGL36040U64AE1

PGL36060U64AE1

PGL36080U64AE1

PGL36100U64AE1

PGL36120U64AE1

PJL36025U64AE1

PJL36040U64AE1

PJL36060U64AE1

PJL36080U64AE1

PJL36100U64AE1

PJL36120U64AE1

PKL36025U64AE1

PKL36040U64AE1

PKL36060U64AE1

PKL36080U64AE1

PKL36100U64AE1

PKL36120U64AE1

PLL34025U64AE1

PLL34040U64AE1

PLL34060U64AE1

PLL34080U64AE1

PLL34100U64AE1

PLL34120U64AE1

PGL36025U73AE1

PGL36040U73AE1

PGL36060U73AE1

PGL36080U73AE1

PGL36100U73AE1

PGL36120U73AE1

PJL36025U73AE1

PJL36040U73AE1

PJL36060U73AE1

PJL36080U73AE1

PJL36100U73AE1

PJL36120U73AE1

PKL36025U73AE1

PKL36040U73AE1

PKL36060U73AE1

PKL36080U73AE1

PKL36100U73AE1

PKL36120U73AE1

PLL34025U73AE1

PLL34040U73AE1

PLL34060U73AE1

PLL34080U73AE1

PLL34100U73AE1

PLL34120U73AE1

PGL36025U74AE1

PGL36040U74AE1

PGL36060U74AE1

PGL36080U74AE1

PGL36100U74AE1

PGL36120U74AE1

PJL36025U74AE1

PJL36040U74AE1

PJL36060U74AE1

PJL36080U74AE1

PJL36100U74AE1

PJL36120U74AE1

PKL36025U74AE1

PKL36040U74AE1

PKL36060U74AE1

PKL36080U74AE1

PKL36100U74AE1

PKL36120U74AE1

PLL34025U74AE1

PLL34040U74AE1

PLL34060U74AE1

PLL34080U74AE1

PLL34100U74AE1

PLL34120U74AE1

(Not
Fixed
Interchangeable) Long-time
3.0 (LI)
3P,
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Standard Trip
Unit

4P5 (G & K only)
5.0 (LSI)
3P
4P5 (G & K only)
3.0A (LI)
3P
4P5 (G & K only)

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Ammeter Trip
Unit6

5.0A (LSI)
3P
4P5 (G & K only)
6.0A (LSIG)
3P
4P5 (G & K only)
5.0P (LSI)

3P
Micrologic
4P5 (G & K only)
Interchangeable
Power Trip Unit
with Modbus®
6.0P (LSIG)
Communications
3P
4P5 (G & K only)
5.0H (LSI)
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Harmonic Trip
Unit with
Modbus
Communications

3P
4P5 (G & K only)
6.0H (LSIG)
3P
4P5 (G & K only)

1200 A

1

Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the Product Selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate terminations.

2

The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

3

250 A is not available as a 4 pole circuit breaker.

4

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGL36025 becomes PGL26025.)

5

For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040U31A becomes PGL46040U31A).

6

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

42
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Table 38:

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount1, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

Trip Unit,
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number2
Interchangeable
3P, 4P
Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
Type

250 A3

400 A

600 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit
3.0 (LI)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)
5.0 (LSI)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU31A

PGL36040CU31A

PGL36060CU31A

PGL36080CU31A

PGL36100CU31A

PGL36120CU31A

PJL36025CU31A

PJL36040CU31A

PJL36060CU31A

PJL36080CU31A

PJL36100CU31A

PJL36120CU31A

PKL36025CU31A

PKL36040CU31A

PKL36060CU31A

PKL36080CU31A

PKL36100CU31A

PKL36120CU31A

PLL34025CU31A

PLL34040CU31A

PLL34060CU31A

PLL34080CU31A

PLL34100CU31A

PLL34120CU31A

PGL36025CU33A

PGL36040CU33A

PGL36060CU33A

PGL36080CU33A

PGL36100CU33A

PGL36120CU33A

PJL36025CU33A

PJL36040CU33A

PJL36060CU33A

PJL36080CU33A

PJL36100CU33A

PJL36120CU33A

PKL36025CU33A

PKL36040CU33A

PKL36060CU33A

PKL36080CU33A

PKL36100CU33A

PKL36120CU33A

PLL34025CU33A

PLL34040CU33A

PLL34060CU33A

PLL34080CU33A

PLL34100CU33A

PLL34120CU33A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit5
3.0A (LI)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)
5.0A (LSI)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)
6.0A (LSIG)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU41A

PGL36040CU41A

PGL36060CU41A

PGL36080CU41A

PGL36100CU41A

PGL36120CU41A

PJL36025CU41A

PJL36040CU41A

PJL36060CU41A

PJL36080CU41A

PJL36100CU41A

PJL36120CU41A

PKL36025CU41A

PKL36040CU41A

PKL36060CU41A

PKL36080CU41A

PKL36100CU41A

PKL36120CU41A

PLL34025CU41A

PLL34040CU41A

PLL34060CU41A

PLL34080CU41A

PLL34100CU41A

PLL34120CU41A

PGL36025CU43A

PGL36040CU43A

PGL36060CU43A

PGL36080CU43A

PGL36100CU43A

PGL36120CU43A

PJL36025CU43A

PJL36040CU43A

PJL36060CU43A

PJL36080CU43A

PJL36100CU43A

PJL36120CU43A

PKL36025CU43A

PKL36040CU43A

PKL36060CU43A

PKL36080CU43A

PKL36100CU43A

PKL36120CU43A

PLL34025CU43A

PLL34040CU43A

PLL34060CU43A

PLL34080CU43A

PLL34100CU43A

PLL34120CU43A

PGL36025CU44A

PGL36040CU44A

PGL36060CU44A

PGL36080CU44A

PGL36100CU44A

PGL36120CU44A

PJL36025CU44A

PJL36040CU44A

PJL36060CU44A

PJL36080CU44A

PJL36100CU44A

PJL36120CU44A

PKL36025CU44A

PKL36040CU44A

PKL36060CU44A

PKL36080CU44A

PKL36100CU44A

PKL36120CU44A

PLL34025CU44A

PLL34040CU44A

PLL34060CU44A

PLL34080CU44A

PLL34100CU44A

PLL34120CU44A

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications
5.0P (LSI)
3P
4P4

(G & K only)

6.0P (LSIG)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)

PGL36025CU63AE1

PGL36040CU63AE1

PGL36060CU63AE1

PGL36080CU63AE1

PGL36100CU63AE1

PGL36120CU63AE1

PJL36025CU63AE1

PJL36040CU63AE1

PJL36060CU63AE1

PJL36080CU63AE1

PJL36100CU63AE1

PJL36120CU63AE1

PKL36025CU63AE1

PKL36040CU63AE1

PKL36060CU63AE1

PKL36080CU63AE1

PKL36100CU63AE1

PKL36120CU63AE1

PLL34025CU63AE1

PLL34040CU63AE1

PLL34060CU63AE1

PLL34080CU63AE1

PLL34100CU63AE1

PLL34120CU63AE1

PGL36025CU64AE1

PGL36040CU64AE1

PGL36060CU64AE1

PGL36080CU64AE1

PGL36100CU64AE1

PGL36120CU64AE1

PJL36025CU64AE1

PJL36040CU64AE1

PJL36060CU64AE1

PJL36080CU64AE1

PJL36100CU64AE1

PJL36120CU64AE1

PKL36025CU64AE1

PKL36040CU64AE1

PKL36060CU64AE1

PKL36080CU64AE1

PKL36100CU64AE1

PKL36120CU64AE1

PLL34025CU64AE1

PLL34040CU64AE1

PLL34060CU64AE1

PLL34080CU64AE1

PLL34100CU64AE1

PLL34120CU64AE1
PGL36120CU73AE1

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications
5.0H (LSI)
3P
4P4 (G & K only)
6.0H (LSIG)
3P
4P4

(G & K only)

PGL36025CU73AE1

PGL36040CU73AE1

PGL36060CU73AE1

PGL36080CU73AE1

PGL36100CU73AE1

PJL36025CU73AE1

PJL36040CU73AE1

PJL36060CU73AE1

PJL36080CU73AE1

PJL36100CU73AE1

PJL36120CU73AE1

PKL36025CU73AE1

PKL36040CU73AE1

PKL36060CU73AE1

PKL36080CU73AE1

PKL36100CU73AE1

PKL36120CU73AE1

PLL34025CU73AE1

PLL34040CU73AE1

PLL34060CU73AE1

PLL34080CU73AE1

PLL34100CU73AE1

PLL34120CU73AE1

PGL36025CU74AE1

PGL36040CU74AE1

PGL36060CU74AE1

PGL36080CU74AE1

PGL36100CU74AE1

PGL36120CU74AE1

PJL36025CU74AE1

PJL36040CU74AE1

PJL36060CU74AE1

PJL36080CU74AE1

PJL36100CU74AE1

PJL36120CU74AE1

PKL36025CU74AE1

PKL36040CU74AE1

PKL36060CU74AE1

PKL36080CU74AE1

PKL36100CU74AE1

PKL36120CU74AE1

PLL34025CU74AE1

PLL34040CU74AE1

PLL34060CU74AE1

PLL34080CU74AE1

PLL34100CU74AE1

PLL34120CU74AE1

1

Catalog numbers are for circuit breakers with lugs on line and load ends. Consult the product selector for catalog numbers for circuit breakers with alternate
terminations.

2

The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

3

250 A is not available as a 4 pole circuit breaker.

4

For 4P (available in G and K interrupting levels only), replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PGL36040CU31A becomes
PGL46040CU31A).

5

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

43
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Table 39:

UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Basic
Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1

Trip Unit
Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
Type2

250 A

400 A

600 A

Basic Electronic
Trip Unit

ET1.0I

—

—

PGA36060

PGA36080

PGA36100

PGA36120

2P3, 3P

—

—

PJA36060

PJA36080

PJA36100

PJA36120

Not
Interchangeable

Fixed
Long-time

—

—

PKA36060

PKA36080

PKA36100

PKA36120

—

—

PLA34060

PLA34080

PLA34100

PLA34120

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Standard Trip
Unit

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Ammeter Trip
Unit4

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

PGA36025U31A

PGA36040U31A

PGA36060U31A

PGA36080U31A

PGA36100U31A

PGA36120U31A

3.0 (LI)

PJA36025U31A

PJA36040U31A

PJA36060U31A

PJA36080U31A

PJA36100U31A

PJA36120U31A

3P

PKA36025U31A

PKA36040U31A

PKA36060U31A

PKA36080U31A

PKA36100U31A

PKA36120U31A

PLA34025U31A

PLA34040U31A

PLA34060U31A

PLA34080U31A

PLA34100U31A

PLA34120U31A

PGA36025U33A

PGA36040U33A

PGA36060U33A

PGA36080U33A

PGA36100U33A

PGA36120U33A

5.0 (LSI)

PJA36025U33A

PJA36040U33A

PJA36060U33A

PJA36080U33A

PJA36100U33A

PJA36120U33A

3P

PKA36025U33A

PKA36040U33A

PKA36060U33A

PKA36080U33A

PKA36100U33A

PKA36120U33A

PLA34025U33A

PLA34040U33A

PLA34060U33A

PLA34080U33A

PLA34100U33A

PLA34120U33A

PGA36025U41A

PGA36040U41A

PGA36060U41A

PGA36080U41A

PGA36100U41A

PGA36120U41A

3.0A (LI)

PJA36025U41A

PJA36040U41A

PJA36060U41A

PJA36080U41A

PJA36100U41A

PJA36120U41A

3P

PKA36025U41A

PKA36040U41A

PKA36060U41A

PKA36080U41A

PKA36100U41A

PKA36120U41A

PLA34025U41A

PLA34040U41A

PLA34060U41A

PLA34080U41A

PLA34100U41A

PLA34120U41A

PGA36025U43A

PGA36040U43A

PGA36060U43A

PGA36080U43A

PGA36100U43A

PGA36120U43A

5.0A (LSI)

PJA36025U43A

PJA36040U43A

PJA36060U43A

PJA36080U43A

PJA36100U43A

PJA36120U43A

3P

PKA36025U43A

PKA36040U43A

PKA36060U43A

PKA36080U43A

PKA36100U43A

PKA36120U43A

PLA34025U43A

PLA34040U43A

PLA34060U43A

PLA34080U43A

PLA34100U43A

PLA34120U43A

PGA36025U44A

PGA36040U44A

PGA36060U44A

PGA36080U44A

PGA36100U44A

PGA36120U44A

6.0A (LSIG)

PJA36025U44A

PJA36040U44A

PJA36060U44A

PJA36080U44A

PJA36100U44A

PJA36120U44A

3P

PKA36025U44A

PKA36040U44A

PKA36060U44A

PKA36080U44A

PKA36100U44A

PKA36120U44A

PLA34025U44A

PLA34040U44A

PLA34060U44A

PLA34080U44A

PLA34100U44A

PLA34120U44A

PGA36025U63AE1

PGA36040U63AE1

PGA36060U63AE1

PGA36080U63AE1

PGA36100U63AE1

PGA36120U63AE1

PJA36025U63AE1

PJA36040U63AE1

PJA36060U63AE1

PJA36080U63AE1

PJA36100U63AE1

PJA36120U63AE1

PKA36025U63AE1

PKA36040U63AE1

PKA36060U63AE1

PKA36080U63AE1

PKA36100U63AE1

PKA36120U63AE1

PLA34025U63AE1

PLA34040U63AE1

PLA34060U63AE1

PLA34080U63AE1

PLA34100U63AE1

PLA34120U63AE1

PGA36025U64AE1

PGA36040U64AE1

PGA36060U64AE1

PGA36080U64AE1

PGA36100U64AE1

PGA36120U64AE1

PJA36025U64AE1

PJA36040U64AE1

PJA36060U64AE1

PJA36080U64AE1

PJA36100U64AE1

PJA36120U64AE1

PKA36025U64AE1

PKA36040U64AE1

PKA36060U64AE1

PKA36080U64AE1

PKA36100U64AE1

PKA36120U64AE1

5.0P (LSI)
3P
Micrologic
Interchangeable
Power Trip Unit
with Modbus®
Communications 6.0P (LSIG)
3P

5.0H (LSI)
Micrologic
3P
Interchangeable
Harmonic Trip
Unit with
Modbus
Communications 6.0H (LSIG)
3P

PLA34025U64AE1

PLA34040U64AE1

PLA34060U64AE1

PLA34080U64AE1

PLA34100U64AE1

PLA34120U64AE1

PGA36025U73AE1

PGA36040U73AE1

PGA36060U73AE1

PGA36080U73AE1

PGA36100U73AE1

PGA36120U73AE1

PJA36025U73AE1

PJA36040U73AE1

PJA36060U73AE1

PJA36080U73AE1

PJA36100U73AE1

PJA36120U73AE1

PKA36025U73AE1

PKA36040U73AE1

PKA36060U73AE1

PKA36080U73AE1

PKA36100U73AE1

PKA36120U73AE1

PLA34025U73AE1

PLA34040U73AE1

PLA34060U73AE1

PLA34080U73AE1

PLA34100U73AE1

PLA34120U73AE1

PGA36025U74AE1

PGA36040U74AE1

PGA36060U74AE1

PGA36080U74AE1

PGA36100U74AE1

PGA36120U74AE1

PJA36025U74AE1

PJA36040U74AE1

PJA36060U74AE1

PJA36080U74AE1

PJA36100U74AE1

PJA36120U74AE1

PKA36025U74AE1

PKA36040U74AE1

PKA36060U74AE1

PKA36080U74AE1

PKA36100U74AE1

PKA36120U74AE1

PLA34025U74AE1

PLA34040U74AE1

PLA34060U74AE1

PLA34080U74AE1

PLA34100U74AE1

PLA34120U74AE1

1

The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

2

For 3P, no suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

3

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PGA36025 becomes PGA26025). Add the suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer),
or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

4

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

44
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Table 40:

UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™
Electronic Trip Units
Circuit Breaker1

Trip Unit,
Interchangeable

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
Type2

250 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

PGA36025CU31A

PGA36040CU31A

PGA36060CU31A

PGA36080CU31A

3.0 (LI)

PJA36025CU31A

PJA36040CU31A

PJA36060CU31A

PJA36080CU31A

3P

PKA36025CU31A

PKA36040CU31A

PKA36060CU31A

PKA36080CU31A

PLA34025CU31A

PLA34040CU31A

PLA34060CU31A

PLA34080CU31A

PGA36025CU33A

PGA36040CU33A

PGA36060CU33A

PGA36080CU33A

5.0 (LSI)

PJA36025CU33A

PJA36040CU33A

PJA36060CU33A

PJA36080CU33A

3P

PKA36025CU33A

PKA36040CU33A

PKA36060CU33A

PKA36080CU33A

PLA34025CU33A

PLA34040CU33A

PLA34060CU33A

PLA34080CU33A

PGA36025CU41A

PGA36040CU41A

PGA36060CU41A

PGA36080CU41A

3.0A (LI)

PJA36025CU41A

PJA36040CU41A

PJA36060CU41A

PJA36080CU41A

3P

PKA36025CU41A

PKA36040CU41A

PKA36060CU41A

PKA36080CU41A

PLA34025CU41A

PLA34040CU41A

PLA34060CU41A

PLA34080CU41A

PGA36025CU43A

PGA36040CU43A

PGA36060CU43A

PGA36080CU43A

5.0A (LSI)

PJA36025CU43A

PJA36040CU43A

PJA36060CU43A

PJA36080CU43A

3P

PKA36025CU43A

PKA36040CU43A

PKA36060CU43A

PKA36080CU43A

PLA34025CU43A

PLA34040CU43A

PLA34060CU43A

PLA34080CU43A

PGA36025CU44A

PGA36040CU44A

PGA36060CU44A

PGA36080CU44A

6.0A (LSIG)

PJA36025CU44A

PJA36040CU44A

PJA36060CU44A

PJA36080CU44A

3P

PKA36025CU44A

PKA36040CU44A

PKA36060CU44A

PKA36080CU44A

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Standard Trip Unit

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Ammeter Trip Unit3

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Power Trip Unit with
Modbus®
Communications

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Harmonic Trip Unit
with Modbus
Communications

PLA34025CU44A

PLA34040CU44A

PLA34060CU44A

PLA34080CU44A

PGA36025CU63AE1

PGA36040CU63AE1

PGA36060CU63AE1

PGA36080CU63AE1

5.0P (LSI)

PJA36025CU63AE1

PJA36040CU63AE1

PJA36060CU63AE1

PJA36080CU63AE1

3P

PKA36025CU63AE1

PKA36040CU63AE1

PKA36060CU63AE1

PKA36080CU63AE1

PLA34025CU63AE1

PLA34040CU63AE1

PLA34060CU63AE1

PLA34080CU63AE1

PGA36025CU64AE1

PGA36040CU64AE1

PGA36060CU64AE1

PGA36080CU64AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

PJA36025CU64AE1

PJA36040CU64AE1

PJA36060CU64AE1

PJA36080CU64AE1

3P

PKA36025CU64AE1

PKA36040CU64AE1

PKA36060CU64AE1

PKA36080CU64AE1

PLA34025CU64AE1

PLA34040CU64AE1

PLA34060CU64AE1

PLA34080CU64AE1

PGA36025CU73AE1

PGA36040CU73AE1

PGA36060CU73AE1

PGA36080CU73AE1

5.0H (LSI)

PJA36025CU73AE1

PJA36040CU73AE1

PJA36060CU73AE1

PJA36080CU73AE1

3P

PKA36025CU73AE1

PKA36040CU73AE1

PKA36060CU73AE1

PKA36080CU73AE1

PLA34025CU73AE1

PLA34040CU73AE1

PLA34060CU73AE1

PLA34080CU73AE1

PGA36025CU74AE1

PGA36040CU74AE1

PGA36060CU74AE1

PGA36080CU74AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

PJA36025CU74AE1

PJA36040CU74AE1

PJA36060CU74AE1

PJA36080CU74AE1

3P

PKA36025CU74AE1

PKA36040CU74AE1

PKA36060CU74AE1

PKA36080CU74AE1

PLA34025CU74AE1

PLA34040CU74AE1

PLA34060CU74AE1

PLA34080CU74AE1

1

The L interrupting rating at 600 Vac is 25 kA.

2

No suffix is for ABC phasing (standard offer), or use 6 for CBA phasing (option).

3

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

Table 41:

P-Frame Termination Options

F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs I/ON end, terminal nut kit O/OFF end
P = Lugs O/OFF end, terminal nut kit I/ON end
D = Drawout
A = I-Line

For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of
the circuit breaker catalog number.

Table 42:
Voltage

P-Frame Interrupting Rating
G

J

K

L

240 Vac

65 kA

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

480 Vac

35 kA

65 kA

50 kA

100 kA

600 Vac

18 kA

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

PGL36040U41A
Termination Letter

P-Frame Interrupting Ratings

45
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Continuous Current Rating
All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating.
Because of additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous current rating,
the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C (194°F) wire must be
sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC. Minimum enclosure size and
ventilation specifications are indicated on the circuit breaker and in it’s instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on
page 11.
Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous loading.

Interrupting Ratings
Table 43:

Interrupting Ratings
Ampere Rating (A)

Interrupting Ratings
IEC 60947-2

Mounting

Circuit Basic
Breaker Electronic
Trip Units

UL/CSA/NMX
Micrologic
™ Trip Units

480
Vac

600
Vac

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

65 kA

35 kA

18 kA

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

20 kA

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

PL

125 kA

100 kA

25 kA1

125 kA

65 kA

85 kA

45kA

PG

65 kA

35 kA

18 kA

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

20 kA

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

25 kA

50 kA

25 kA

125 kA

100 kA

25 kA1

125 kA

65 kA

85 kA

45 kA

PG

PJ
PK
PL

1

380/415 Vac

240
Vac

Individually- PJ
Mounted
PK

I-Line™

240 Vac

600, 800,
1000, 1200

600, 800,
1000, 1200

250, 400, 600,
800, 1000,
1200

250, 400, 600,
800, 1000,
1200

Non-standard AIR.

46
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Automatic Molded Case Switches1
Automatic molded case switches are available in individually-mounted and I-Line constructions from
600–1200 A. Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except
that long-time tripping is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic
trip point calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with
a circuit breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.
Table 44:
Circuit
Breaker

Automatic Switch Information
Ampere
Rating

Voltage
Rating

Catalog
Number

Withstand Rating
240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

Trip Point
(±10%)

600

600 Vac

PJL36000S60

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

10 kA

PJ

800

600 Vac

PJL36000S80

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

10 kA

2P1, 3P

1000

600 Vac

PJL36000S10

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

10 kA

1200

600 Vac

PJL36000S12

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

10 kA

600

600 Vac

PKL36000S60

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

24 kA

PK

800

600 Vac

PKL36000S80

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

24 kA

2P, 3P, 4P2

1000

600 Vac

PKL36000S10

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

24 kA

1200

600 Vac

PKL36000S12

65 kA

50 kA

50 kA

24 kA

600

480 Vac

PLL34000S60

125 kA

100 kA

—

10 kA

PL

800

480 Vac

PLL34000S80

125 kA

100 kA

—

10 kA

2P, 3P

1000

480 Vac

PLL34000S10

125 kA

100 kA

—

10 kA

1200

480 Vac

PLL34000S12

125 kA

100 kA

—

10 kA

1

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (PJL36000S60 becomes PJL26000S60). Add the
suffix 2 for AC phasing (standard offer), or use 5 for CA phasing (option).

2

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (PKL36000S60 becomes PKL46000S60).

1

Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere rating) and S60, S80, S10, or S12 in
positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.

47
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protectors2
Motor circuit protectors are similar in construction to thermal-magnetic circuit breakers, but have only
instantaneous trip functions provided by the ET1.0M trip unit. These motor circuit protectors comply
with NEC requirements for providing short-circuit protection when installed as part of a listed
combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing
the motor circuit protector in combination with a contactor and overload relay.
Motor circuit protectors are available in PJ and PL individually-mounted and I-Line™ construction.
According to the NEC, the instantaneous trip of the motor circuit protector may be set to a maximum of
8 to 17 times motor Full Load Amps (FLA), but a setting as close as possible to inrush current (without
nuisance tripping) results in the best protection. The instantaneous trip pickup level is adjustable within
the ranges shown below.
Table 45:

Motor Circuit Protector Trip Range

Ampere
Rating

Adjustable Trip
Range

600 A
800 A

Catalog Number
J-Interrupting—600 Vac

L-Interrupting—480 Vac

1200–10,000 A

PJL36060M68

PLL34060M68

1200–10,000 A

PJL36080M68

PLL34080M68

1000 A

1500–10,000 A

PJL36100M69

PLL34100M69

1200 A

1800–10,000 A

PJL36120M70

PLL34120M70

NOTE: Continuous currents larger than the ampere rating can damage the motor circuit protector.
Select motor circuit protectors as follows:
1. Determine motor horsepower (hp) rating from the motor nameplate. The selection table is suitable
for motors with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC Table 430-7 (b) as follows:
Horsepower

Motor Code Letters

30–150

A–G

150 or More

A–F

For other motors contact the field office.
2. Select a motor circuit protector with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and voltage
involved.
3. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800% but not to exceed 1300% (1700% for highefficiency motors) of the motor full load amperes (FLA).
4. The NEC 1300% maximum setting (1700% for high-efficiency motors) may be inadequate for
motor circuit protectors to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from
“start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors and motors labeled “high efficiency”.
5. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430-3, should have two motor circuit protectors selected from the
above at not more than one-half the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit
protectors should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means per NEC 430-103.

2

Catalog numbers for motor circuit protectors are designated by M68, M69, or M70 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.

48
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers
Electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers are available in I-Line™ and unit-mount construction up
to 1200 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly. These are available
factory-installed only.
Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or
communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When
remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary
switch for on-off indication. See Table 70 on page 75 for details.

Table 46:

Motors Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Voltage Type

Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Vac 50/60 Hz

48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415

Vdc

24–30, 48–60, 110–130, 200–250

Termination Information
Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. I-Line circuit
breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. These lugs accept aluminum or copper wire.
Manually-operated P-frame circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See Table 88
on page 86 for more lug options.

Control Wiring
Control wiring for unit-mount and I-Line construction is connected to terminals located under the circuit
breaker accessory cover. Control wiring for drawout construction is connected to terminals located on
the cradle.

49
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Tripped
92
94

32
34

A

82
84

D2

C2

Z3
Z4
Z5
Z1
Z2
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Fault

Closed

Downstream

Open

Upstream
N A B C

Alarm Contacts

Remote Operation

Trip Unit

12
14

Power

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers

22
24

Figure 2:

MX

MN

OF3

OF2

OF1

SDE

SD

Trip Unit
or

91

81

11

21

31

C1

D

24 V

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

T1
T2
T3
T4

C

D1

F2+

T1/M3
T2
T3
T4/F1-

M1
M2

B

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.
B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.
C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.
D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

Trip Unit Type
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

24 Vdc
- +
M1 M2 M3
F1 F2
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5
T1 T2 T3 T4

MN/MX

OF1

D1/C1
C3

OF2

11 12 14

Basic A P H Connector

Description

—

Circuit breaker communication module

•

•

•

Com: E1-E6

E1 = +24 Vdc

21 22 24

E2 = Common

D2/C2
VN

OF3
SD

E3 = Out -

31 32 34

E4 = Out +
E5 = In -

91 92 94

E6 = In +
—

•

•

•

Z

V1

Z2 = ZSI OUT

V2
V3

Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI)
Z1 = ZSI OUT signal
Z3 = ZSI IN signal

81

Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay

82

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

84
SDE

—

•

•

•

T

External neutral sensor

Connector

Recommended Wire Size

—

•

•

•

F

24 Vdc external power supply

V1, V2, V3, Vn

22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)
22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or
twisted pair copper wires

—

—

•

•

Vn1

External neutral voltage takeoff

—

—

•

•

V1, V2, V3

External phase voltage takeoff

M6C2: Q1, Q2, Q3

6 programmable contacts
24 Vdc external power supply required

E1–E2
T

22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

—

M

Function

—

•

•

Connector

Description

OF, SD, SDE

Refer to MDGF instructions
22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain
(Belden 8723 or equal)3
18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)

SD

Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch
position contacts
Bell alarm

MN, MX

18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2)

SDE

Electrical fault alarm contact

F

Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply

MN

Undervoltage trip device

Z1–Z5

22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2)

MX

Shunt trip

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3

1

Neutral voltage supplied with flying leads.

2

Optional M6C programmable contacts are supplied with flying leads.

OF
Auxiliary Contacts

Remote Operation

50
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 4—PowerPact P-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-operated Circuit Breakers

Z3
Z4
Z5
Z1
Z2

Close

82
84

B4

Motor Mechanism
Module

MX

MN

A2

A4

A

32
34

C2

D2

VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Open

Fault

Downstream

Closed

Alarm Contacts
Open

Upstream
N A B C

Remote Operation

12
14

Trip Unit

22
24

Figure 3:
Power

OF3

Trip Unit

OF2

OF1

SDE

E

or

T1
T2
T3
T4

81

11

21

31

D

A1

24 V

C

C1

D1

F2+

T1/M3
T2
T3
T4/F1-

M1
M2

B

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.
B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.
C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.
D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.
E–Motor mechanism includes opening and closing coils.

Trip Unit Type
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6

24 Vdc
- +
M1 M2 M3
F1 F2
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5
T1 T2 T3 T4

MN/MX

Basic A

P

H

Connector Description

–

•

•

Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module

•

D1/C1

E1 = +24 Vdc

D2/C2

E2 = Common
E3 = Out -

VN, V1, V2, V3

E4 = Out +
E5 = In -

SDE OF3 OF2 OF1
81

31

21

11

82

32

22

12

84

34

24

14

E6 = In +
–

•

•

•

Z

Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI)
Z1 = ZSI OUT signal
Z2 = ZSI OUT
Z3 = ZSI IN signal
Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay
Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

B4 A4 A2 A1

–

•

•

•

T

External neutral sensor

–

•

•

•

F

24 Vdc external power supply
External voltage takeoff

–

–

•

•

Vn1

–

–

•

•

V1, V2, V31

External phase voltage takeoff

•

M6C1:
Q1, Q2, Q3

6 programmable contacts
24 Vdc external power supply required

Connector

Recommended Wire Size

E1–E2

22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or
twisted pair copper wires

–

V1, V2, V3, Vn

22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)

Function

T

22 AWG (0.3

mm2)

M
OF, SD, SDE

18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)

Connector Description
OF

Auxiliary Contacts

Remote Operation

mm2)

MN, MX

18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5

F

Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply

Z1–Z5

22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2)

1

•

stranded shielded cable

mm2)

22 AWG (0.3
shielded twisted pairs with drain
(Belden 8723 or equal)3
Refer to MDGF instructions

E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3

–

Motor Mech Module

Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position
contacts

SDE

Electrical fault alarm contact

MN

Undervoltage trip device

MX

Shunt trip

A4

Electrical opening

A2

Electrical closing

B4, A1

Power supply for control devices and gear motor

Optional M6C and external voltage takeoff are supplied with flying leads.

51
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Performance
Providing unparalleled performance and control, the R-frame circuit breakers features the exclusive
Micrologic™ electronic trip units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and
monitoring. In addition, trip units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.
The compact size and smaller footprint of the R-frame circuit breaker permits higher density
installations using I-Line™ panelboards and switchboards. These circuit breakers are available in
100% rated construction up to 3000 A to meet a broad range of commercial and industrial application
needs.
R-Frame Unit-Mount

R-Frame I-Line

•

Both standard and 100% rated construction circuit breakers are available in 3000 A with a sensor
size range of 600–3000 A.

•

Interrupting ratings (AIR):
Voltage

G

J

K

L

240 Vac

65 kA

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

480 Vac

35 kA

65 kA

65 kA

100 kA

600 Vac

18 kA

25 kA

65 kA

50 kA

•

The K interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear
loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations using I-Line panelboards and
switchboards. Fifteen-inch width provides increased density installation.

•
•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•
•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Connection options include bus, cable or I-Line for installation flexibility.

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering
and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.
Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to
purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

52
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers
Table 47:

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip
Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip
Units—600A to 1200A
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Trip Unit
Type

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
600 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable
ET1.0I
2P1,

3P

Fixed Long-time

RGF36060

RGF36080

RGF36100

RGF36120

RJF36060

RJF36080

RJF36100

RJF36120

RKF36060

RKF36080

RKF36100

RKF36120

RLF36060

RLF36080

RLF36100

RLF36120

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit
3.0
(LI)
3P, 4P2
5.0
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

RGF36060U31A

RGF36080U31A

RGF36100U31A

RGF36120U31A

RJF36060U31A

RJF36080U31A

RJF36100U31A

RJF36120U31A

RKF36060U31A

RKF36080U31A

RKF36100U31A

RKF36120U31A

RLF36060U31A

RLF36080U31A

RLF36100U31A

RLF36120U31A

RGF36060U33A

RGF36080U33A

RGF36100U33A

RGF36120U33A

RJF36060U33A

RJF36080U33A

RJF36100U33A

RJF36120U33A

RKF36060U33A

RKF36080U33A

RKF36100U33A

RKF36120U33A

RLF36060U33A

RLF36080U33A

RLF36100U33A

RLF36120U33A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3
RGF36060U41A

RGF36080U41A

RGF36100U41A

RGF36120U41A

RJF36060U41A

RJF36080U41A

RJF36100U41A

RJF36120U41A

RKF36060U41A

RKF36080U41A

RKF36100U41A

RKF36120U41A

RLF36060U41A

RLF36080U41A

RLF36100U41A

RLF36120U41A

RGF36060U43A

RGF36080U43A

RGF36100U43A

RGF36120U43A

RJF36060U43A

RJF36080U43A

RJF36100U43A

RJF36120U43A

RKF36060U43A

RKF36080U43A

RKF36100U43A

RKF36120U43A

RLF36060U43A

RLF36080U43A

RLF36100U43A

RLF36120U43A

RGF36060U44A

RGF36080U44A

RGF36100U44A

RGF36120U44A

6.0A (LSIG)

RJF36060U44A

RJF36080U44A

RJF36100U44A

RJF36120U44A

3P, 4P2

RKF36060U44A

RKF36080U44A

RKF36100U44A

RKF36120U44A

RLF36060U44A

RLF36080U44A

RLF36100U44A

RLF36120U44A

3.0A
(LI)
3P, 4P2
5.0A
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications
RGF36060U63AE1

RGF36080U63AE1

RGF36100U63AE1

RGF36120U63AE1

RJF36060U63AE1

RJF36080U63AE1

RJF36100U63AE1

RJF36120U63AE1

RKF36060U63AE1

RKF36080U63AE1

RKF36100U63AE1

RKF36120U63AE1

RLF36060U63AE1

RLF36080U63AE1

RLF36100U63AE1

RLF36120U63AE1

RGF36060U64AE1

RGF36080U64AE1

RGF36100U64AE1

RGF36120U64AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

RJF36060U64AE1

RJF36080U64AE1

RJF36100U64AE1

RJF36120U64AE1

3P, 4P2

RKF36060U64AE1

RKF36080U64AE1

RKF36100U64AE1

RKF36120U64AE1

RLF36060U64AE1

RLF36080U64AE1

RLF36100U64AE1

RLF36120U64AE1

5.0P
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications
RGF36060U73AE1

RGF36080U73AE1

RGF36100U73AE1

RGF36120U73AE1

RJF36060U73AE1

RJF36080U73AE1

RJF36100U73AE1

RJF36120U73AE1

RKF36060U73AE1

RKF36080U73AE1

RKF36100U73AE1

RKF36120U73AE1

RLF36060U73AE1

RLF36080U73AE1

RLF36100U73AE1

RLF36120U73AE1

RGF36060U74AE1

RGF36080U74AE1

RGF36100U74AE1

RGF36120U74AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

RJF36060U74AE1

RJF36080U74AE1

RJF36100U74AE1

RJF36120U74AE1

3P, 4P2

RKF36060U74AE1

RKF36080U74AE1

RKF36100U74AE1

RKF36120U74AE1

RLF36060U74AE1

RLF36080U74AE1

RLF36100U74AE1

RLF36120U74AE1

5.0H
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

1

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.)

2

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A).

3

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

53
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Table 48:

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, Standard-Rated Electronic Trip
Circuit Breakers with Basic Electronic Trip and Micrologic™ Electronic Trip
Units—1600A to 3000A
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Trip Unit
Type

Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

3000 A

Basic Electronic Trip Unit Not interchangeable
ET1.0I
2P1, 3P
Fixed Long-time

RGF36160

RGF36200

RGF36250

—

RJF36160

RJF36200

RJF36250

—

RKF36160

RKF36200

RKF36250

—

RLF36160

RLF36200

RLF36250

—

Micrologic Interchangeable Standard Trip Unit
3.0
(LI)
3P, 4P2
5.0
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

RGF36160U31A

RGF36200U31A

RGF36250U31A

RJF36160U31A

RJF36200U31A

RJF36250U31A

RGF36300U31A
RJF36300U31A

RKF36160U31A

RKF36200U31A

RKF36250U31A

RKF36300U31A

RLF36160U31A

RLF36200U31A

RLF36250U31A

RLF36300U31A

RGF36160U33A

RGF36200U33A

RGF36250U33A

RGF36300U33A

RJF36160U33A

RJF36200U33A

RJF36250U33A

RJF36300U33A

RKF36160U33A

RKF36200U33A

RKF36250U33A

RKF36300U33A

RLF36160U33A

RLF36200U33A

RLF36250U33A

RLF36300U33A
RGF36300U41A

Micrologic Interchangeable Ammeter Trip Unit3
RGF36160U41A

RGF36200U41A

RGF36250U41A

RJF36160U41A

RJF36200U41A

RJF36250U41A

RJF36300U41A

RKF36160U41A

RKF36200U41A

RKF36250U41A

RKF36300U41A

RLF36160U41A

RLF36200U41A

RLF36250U41A

RLF36300U41A

RGF36160U43A

RGF36200U43A

RGF36250U43A

RGF36300U43A

RJF36160U43A

RJF36200U43A

RJF36250U43A

RJF36300U43A

RKF36160U43A

RKF36200U43A

RKF36250U43A

RKF36300U43A

RLF36160U43A

RLF36200U43A

RLF36250U43A

RLF36300U43A

RGF36160U44A

RGF36200U44A

RGF36250U44A

RGF36300U44A

6.0A (LSIG)

RJF36160U44A

RJF36200U44A

RJF36250U44A

RJF36300U44A

3P, 4P2

RKF36160U44A

RKF36200U44A

RKF36250U44A

RKF36300U44A

RLF36160U44A

RLF36200U44A

RLF36250U44A

RLF36300U44A

3.0A
(LI)
3P,

4P2

5.0A
(LSI)
3P,

4P2

Micrologic Interchangeable Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications
RGF36160U63AE1

RGF36200U63AE1

RGF36250U63AE1

RJF36160U63AE1

RJF36200U63AE1

RJF36250U63AE1

RJF36300U63AE1

RKF36160U63AE1

RKF36200U63AE1

RKF36250U63AE1

RKF36300U63AE1

RLF36160U63AE1

RLF36200U63AE1

RLF36250U63AE1

RLF36300U63AE1

RGF36160U64AE1

RGF36200U64AE1

RGF36250U64AE1

RGF36300U64AE1

6.0P (LSIG)

RJF36160U64AE1

RJF36200U64AE1

RJF36250U64AE1

RJF36300U64AE1

3P, 4P2

RKF36160U64AE1

RKF36200U64AE1

RKF36250U64AE1

RKF36300U64AE1

RLF36160U64AE1

RLF36200U64AE1

RLF36250U64AE1

RLF36200U64AE1

5.0P
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

RGF36300U63AE1

Micrologic Interchangeable Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications
5.0H
(LSI)
3P, 4P2

RGF36160U73AE1

RGF36200U73AE1

RGF36250U73AE1

RGF36300U73AE1

RJF36160U73AE1

RJF363200U73AE1

RJF36250U73AE1

RJF36300U73AE1

RKF36160U73AE1

RKF363200U73AE1

RKF36250U73AE1

RKF36300U73AE1

RLF36160U73AE1

RLF36200U73AE1

RLF36250U73AE1

RLF36300U73AE1
RGF36300U74AE1

RGF36160U74AE1

RGF36200U74AE1

RGF36250U74AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

RJF36160U74AE1

RJF36200U74AE1

RJF36250U74AE1

RJF36300U74AE1

3P, 4P2

RKF36160U74AE1

RKF36200U74AE1

RKF36250U74AE1

RKF36300U74AE1

RLF36160U74AE1

RLF36200U74AE1

RLF36250U74AE1

RLF36300U74AE1

1

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RGF36060 becomes RGF26060.)

2

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060U31A becomes RGF46060U31A).

3

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

54
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Table 49:

Trip
Unit
Type

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—600 A to 1200 A
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1
Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
600 A

800 A

1000 A

1200 A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36060CU31A

RGF36080CU31A

RGF36100CU31A

RGF36120CU31A

3.0

RJF36060CU31A

RJF36080CU31A

RJF36100CU31A

RJF36120CU31A

(LI)

RKF36060CU31A

RKF36080CU31A

RKF36100CU31A

RKF36120CU31A

RLF36060CU31A

RLF36080CU31A

RLF36100CU31A

RLF36120CU31A

RGF36060CU33A

RGF36080CU33A

RGF36100CU33A

RGF36120CU33A

5.0

RJF36060CU33A

RJF36080CU33A

RJF36100CU33A

RJF36120CU33A

(LSI)

RKF36060CU33A

RKF36080CU33A

RKF36100CU33A

RKF36120CU33A

RLF36060CU33A

RLF36080CU33A

RLF36100CU33A

RLF36120CU33A

RGF36120CU41A

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36060CU41A

RGF36080CU41A

RGF36100CU41A

3.0A

RJF36060CU41A

RJF36080CU41A

RJF36100CU41A

RJF36120CU41A

(LI)

RKF36060CU41A

RKF36080CU41A

RKF36100CU41A

RKF36120CU41A

RLF36060CU41A

RLF36080CU41A

RLF36100CU41A

RLF36120CU41A

RGF36060CU43A

RGF36080CU43A

RGF36100CU43A

RGF36120CU43A

5.0A

RJF36060CU43A

RJF36080CU43A

RJF36100CU43A

RJF36120CU43A

(LSI)

RKF36060CU43A

RKF36080CU43A

RKF36100CU43A

RKF36120CU43A

RLF36060CU43A

RLF36080CU43A

RLF36100CU43A

RLF36120CU43A

RGF36060CU44A

RGF36080CU44A

RGF36100CU44A

RGF36120CU44A

6.0A
(LSIG)

RJF36060CU44A

RJF36080CU44A

RJF36100CU44A

RJF36120CU44A

RKF36060CU44A

RKF36080CU44A

RKF36100CU44A

RKF36120CU44A

RLF36060CU44A

RLF36080CU44A

RLF36100CU44A

RLF36120CU44A

Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36060CU63AE1

RGF36080CU63AE1

RGF36100CU63AE1

RGF36120CU63AE1

5.0P

RJF36060CU63AE1

RJF36080CU63AE1

RJF36100CU63AE1

RJF36120CU63AE1

(LSI)

RKF36060CU63AE1

RKF36080CU63AE1

RKF36100CU63AE1

RKF36120CU63AE1

RLF36060CU63AE1

RLF36080CU63AE1

RLF36100CU63AE1

RLF36120CU63AE1

RGF36060CU64AE1

RGF36080CU64AE1

RGF36100CU64AE1

RGF36120CU64AE1

6.0P
(LSIG)

RJF36060CU64AE1

RJF36080CU64AE1

RJF36100CU64AE1

RJF36120CU64AE1

RKF36060CU64AE1

RKF36080CU64AE1

RKF36100CU64AE1

RKF36120CU64AE1

RLF36060CU64AE1

RLF36080CU64AE1

RLF36100CU64AE1

RLF36120CU64AE1

Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36060CU73AE1

RGF36080CU73AE1

RGF36100CU73AE1

RGF36120CU73AE1

5.0H

RJF36060CU73AE1

RJF36080CU73AE1

RJF36100CU73AE1

RJF36120CU73AE1

(LSI)

RKF36060CU73AE1

RKF36080CU73AE1

RKF36100CU73AE1

RKF36120CU73AE1

RLF36060CU73AE1

RLF36080CU73AE1

RLF36100CU73AE1

RLF36120CU73AE1

RGF36060CU74AE1

RGF36080CU74AE1

RGF36100CU74AE1

RGF36120CU74AE1

6.0H
(LSIG)

RJF36060CU74AE1

RJF36080CU74AE1

RJF36100CU74AE1

RJF36120CU74AE1

RKF36060CU74AE1

RKF36080CU74AE1

RKF36100CU74AE1

RKF36120CU74AE1

RLF36060CU74AE1

RLF36080CU74AE1

RLF36100CU74AE1

RLF36120CU74AE1

1

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A).

2

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

55
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Table 50:

Trip
Unit
Type

UL/IEC Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units—1600 A to 3000 A
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number1
Current Rating (Sensor Rating)
1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

3000 A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36160CU31A

RGF36200CU31A

RGF36250CU31A

RGF36300CU31A

3.0

RJF36160CU31A

RJF36200CU31A

RJF36250CU31A

RJF36300CU31A

(LI)

RKF36160CU31A

RKF36200CU31A

RKF36250CU31A

RKF36300CU31A

RLF36160CU31A

RLF36200CU31A

RLF36250CU31A

RLF36300CU31A

RGF36160CU33A

RGF36200CU33A

RGF36250CU33A

RGF36300CU33A

5.0

RJF36160CU33A

RJF36200CU33A

RJF36250CU33A

RJF36300CU33A

(LSI)

RKF36160CU33A

RKF36200CU33A

RKF36250CU33A

RKF36300CU33A

RLF36160CU33A

RLF36200CU33A

RLF36250CU33A

RLF36300CU33A

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit2 Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36160CU41A

RGF36200CU41A

RGF36250CU41A

RGF36300CU41A

3.0A

RJF36160CU41A

RJF36200CU41A

RJF36250CU41A

RJF36300CU41A

(LI)

RKF36160CU41A

RKF36200CU41A

RKF36250CU41A

RKF36300CU41A

RLF36160CU41A

RLF36200CU41A

RLF36250CU41A

RLF36300CU41A

RGF36160CU43A

RGF36200CU43A

RGF36250CU43A

RGF36300CU43A

5.0A

RJF36160CU43A

RJF36200CU43A

RJF36250CU43A

RJF36300CU43A

(LSI)

RKF36160CU43A

RKF36200CU43A

RKF36250CU43A

RKF36300CU43A

RLF36160CU43A

RLF36200CU43A

RLF36250CU43A

RLF36300CU43A

RGF36160CU44A

RGF36200CU44A

RGF36250CU44A

RGF36300CU44A

RJF36160CU44A

RJF36200CU44A

RJF36250CU44A

RJF36300CU44A

RKF36160CU44A

RKF36200CU44A

RKF36250CU44A

RKF36300CU44A

RLF36160CU44A

RLF36200CU44A

RLF36250CU44A

RLF36300CU44A

6.0A
(LSIG)

Micrologic Power Trip Unit with Modbus® Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36160CU63AE1

RGF36200CU63AE1

RGF36250CU63AE1

RGF36300CU63AE1

5.0P

RJF36160CU63AE1

RJF36200CU63AE1

RJF36250CU63AE1

RJF36300CU63AE1

(LSI)

RKF36160CU63AE1

RKF36200CU63AE1

RKF36250CU63AE1

RKF36300CU63AE1

RLF36160CU63AE1

RLF36200CU63AE1

RLF36250CU63AE1

RLF36300CU63AE1

RGF36160CU64AE1

RGF36200CU64AE1

RGF36250CU64AE1

RGF36300CU64AE1

RJF36160CU64AE1

RJF36200CU64AE1

RJF36250CU64AE1

RJF36300CU64AE1

RKF36160CU64AE1

RKF36200CU64AE1

RKF36250CU64AE1

RKF36300CU64AE1

RLF36160CU64AE1

RLF36200CU64AE1

RLF36250CU64AE1

RLF36300CU64AE1

6.0P
(LSIG)

Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit with Modbus Communications Interchangeable, 3P, 4P
RGF36160CU73AE1

RGF36200CU73AE1

RGF36250CU73AE1

RGF36300CU73AE1

5.0H

RJF36160CU73AE1

RJF36200CU73AE1

RJF36250CU73AE1

RJF36300CU73AE1

(LSI)

RKF36160CU73AE1

RKF36200CU73AE1

RKF36250CU73AE1

RKF36300CU73AE1

RLF36160CU73AE1

RLF36200CU73AE1

RLF36250CU73AE1

RLF36300CU73AE1

RGF36160CU74AE1

RGF36200CU74AE1

RGF36250CU74AE1

RGF36300CU74AE1

RJF36160CU74AE1

RJF36200CU74AE1

RJF36250CU74AE1

RJF36300CU74AE1

RKF36160CU74AE1

RKF36200CU74AE1

RKF36250CU74AE1

RKF36300CU74AE1

RLF36160CU74AE1

RLF36200CU74AE1

RLF36250CU74AE1

RLF36300CU74AE1

6.0H
(LSIG)

1

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (RPF36060CU31A becomes RGF46060CU31A).

2

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

56
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Table 51:

UL/IEC Rated, I-Line, Manually-Operated, 100%-Rated Electronic Trip Circuit
Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Catalog Number

Trip Unit, Interchangeable

Current Rating
Type

1000 A

1200 A

RGA36100CU31A

RGA36120CU31A

RJA36100CU31A

RJA36120CU31A

3.0 (LI)
RKA36100CU31A

RKA36120CU31A

RLA36100CU31A

RLA36120CU31A

RGA36100CU33A

RGA36120CU33A

RJA36100CU33A

RJA36120CU33A

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit

5.0 (LSI)
RKA36100CU33A

RKA36120CU33A

RLA36100CU33A

RLA36120CU33A

RGA36100CU41A

RGA36120CU41A

RJA36100CU41A

RJA36120CU41A

3.0A (LI)

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit1

RKA36100CU41A

RKA36120CU41A

RLA36100CU41A

RLA36120CU41A

RGA36100CU43A

RGA36120CU43A

RJA36100CU43A

RJA36120CU43A

5.0A (LSI)
RKA36100CU43A

RKA36120CU43A

RLA36100CU43A

RLA36120CU43A

RGA36100CU44A

RGA36120CU44A

RJA36100CU44A

RJA36120CU44A

6.0A (LSIG)
RKA36100CU44A

RKA36120CU44A

RLA36100CU44A

RLA36120CU44A

RGA36100CU63AE1

RGA36120CU63AE1

RJA36100CU63AE1

RJA36120CU63AE1

5.0P (LSI)
Micrologic Power Trip Unit with
Modbus® Communications

RKA36100CU63AE1

RKA36120CU63AE1

RLA36100CU63AE1

RLA36120CU63AE1

RGA36100CU64AE1

RGA36120CU64AE1

RJA36100CU64AE1

RJA36120CU64AE1

6.0P (LSIG)
RKA36100CU64AE1

RKA36120CU64AE1

RLA36100CU64AE1

RLA36120CU64AE1

RGA36100CU73AE1

RGA36120CU73AE1

RJA36100CU73AE1

RJA36120CU73AE1

5.0H (LSI)
Micrologic Harmonic Trip Unit
with Modbus Communications

RKA36100CU73AE1

RKA36120CU73AE1

RLA36100CU73AE1

RLA36120CU73AE1

RGA36100CU74AE1

RGA36120CU74AE1

RJA36100CU74AE1

RJA36120CU74AE1

6.0H (LSIG)

1

RKA36100CU74AE1

RKA36120CU74AE1

RLA36100CU74AE1

RLA36120CU74AE1

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

57
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Interrupting Ratings
Table 52:

Interrupting Ratings
Ampere Rating (A)

Mounting

Circuit
Breaker

Basic
Micrologic™ UL/CSA/NMX
Electronic
Trip Units
Trip Units
240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

RG

65 kA

Individually- RJ
Mounted
RK

1200, 1600,
2000, 2500

RL

600, 800, 1000,
100 kA
1200, 1600,
2000, 2500,
65 kA
3000
125 kA

RG
I-Line™

Interrupting Ratings

65 kA

RJ

NA

RK

1000, 1200

RL

35 kA

18 KA

IEC 60947-2
240 Vac

380/415 Vac

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

50 kA

25 kA

35 kA

20 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

65 kA

65 kA

85 kA

65 kA

70 kA

55 kA

100 kA

50 kA

125 kA 65 kA

85 kA

45 kA

35 kA

18 KA

50 kA

35 kA

20 kA

25 kA

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

65 kA

35 kA

50 kA

25 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

85 kA

65 kA

70 kA

55 kA

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

125 kA 65 kA

85 kA

45 kA

Automatic Molded Case Switches
Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount construction from 1200–3000 A.
Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time
protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point
calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit
breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.
NOTE: Catalog numbers for automatic switches are designated by “000” in positions 7–9 (ampere
rating) and S12, S16, S20, S25, or S30 in positions 11–14 (trip system). See Table 10.
Table 53:
Circuit
Breaker

RK
2P1, 3P

RL
2P, 3P

1

Automatic Switch Information
Ampere
Rating

Withstand Rating
Catalog Number1
240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

Trip Point
(±10%)

1200

RKF36000S12

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

1600

RKF36000S16

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

57 kA
57 kA

2000

RKF36000S20

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

57 kA

2500

RKF36000S25

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

57 kA

3000

RKF36000S30

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

57 kA

1200

RLF36000S12

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

48 kA

1600

RLF36000S16

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

48 kA

2000

RLF36000S20

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

48 kA

2500

RLF36000S25

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

48 kA

3000

RLF36000S30

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

48 kA

For 2P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 2 (RKP36000S12 becomes RKP26000S12).

58
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Termination Information
I-Line™ circuit breakers have lugs standard on the O/OFF end. Unit-mount circuit breakers and
switches are equipped for direct bus connection. For certain circuit breaker ratings and to connect
cable to R-frame circuit breakers, an RLTB terminal pad kit may be required. Refer to Section 10—
Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions.

Table 54:

RLTB Terminal Pad Kit

Table 55:

Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Terminal Pad Kit

R-Frame
Circuit Breaker

Usage

Field-Installable Kits
Lugs
per 3P (One
4P (One
Phase End Only) End Only)

3000 A, 100% Rated

Required for Cable or Bus

9

RL3TB1

RL3TB4

3000 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for Cable or Bus

8

RLTB1

RLTB4

2500 A, 100% Rated

Required for Cable or Bus

8

RLTB1

RLTB4

2500 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for Cable, Optional for Bus

8

RLTB

RLTB4

All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers

Required for Cable, Optional for Bus

8

RLTB

RLTB4

1

Supplied as standard with the R-frame circuit breaker.

For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 86.

Continuous Current Rating
All circuit breakers marked as 100% rated can be continuously loaded to 100% of their rating.
100%-rated circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to 3000 A and in I-Line
construction up to 1200 A.
Because of the additional heat generated when applying circuit breakers at 100% of continuous
current rating, the use of specially-designed enclosures and 90°C (194°F) wire is required. The 90°C
(194°F) wire must be sized according to the ampacity of the 75°C (167°F) wire column in the NEC.
Minimum enclosure size and ventilation specifications are indicated on a label on the circuit breaker, in
the circuit breaker instruction bulletin and in Table 5 on page 11.
Circuit breakers with 100% rating can also be used in applications requiring only 80% continuous
loading.

Control Wiring
Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

59
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 5—PowerPact R-Frame Circuit Breakers

A

Tripped
92
94

32
34

C2

D2

Z3
Z4
Z5
Z1
Z2
VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Fault

Closed

Downstream
Open

Upstream
N A B C

Alarm Contacts

Remote Operation

82
84

Trip Unit

22
24

Power

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams

12
14

Figure 4:

MX

MN

OF3

Trip Unit

OF2

OF1

SDE

SD

91

81

11

31

T1
T2
T3
T4

21

D1
D

24 V

C

C1

B

F2+

T1/M3
T2
T3
T4/F1-

M1
M2

or

NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in open position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.
B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.
C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.
D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.

Trip Unit Type
E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6
F1 F2
M1M2M3
T1 T2 T3 T4
Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5

M6C

Vext

MN/MX

Q3

V1

D1/C1

Q2

V2

C3

Q1

V3

D2/C2

Basic A P

H Connector Description

—

•

•

•

Com: E1-E6 Circuit breaker communication module

1

E1 = +24 Vdc
E2 = Common
E3 = Out -

VN

E4 = Out +
E5 = In -

OF1

11 12 14

OF2

E6 = In +
—

•

•

•

Z

Zone-selective interlocking
Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

21 22 24

Z2 = ZSI OUT

OF3

Z3 = ZSI IN signal

31 32 34

Z4 = ZSI IN short-time delay

SD

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

91 92 94
81
82

—

•

•

•

T

External neutral sensor

—

•

•

•

M

Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

—

•

•

•

F

24 Vdc external power supply

—

—

•

•

Vn2

External neutral voltage takeoff

—

—

•

•

—

—

•

•

M6C:
Q1, Q2, Q3
V1, V2, V3

6 programmable contacts
24 Vdc external power supply required
External phase voltage takeoff

84
SDE

Connector

Recommended Wire Size

V1, V2, V3, Vn

22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)
22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair cable or twisted pair
copper wires

E1–E2

Connector Description

22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

T
M
Z1–Z5
OF, SD, SDE
MN, MX
F

Refer to MDGF instructions
22–18 AWG (0.3–0.8 mm2)
18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)
18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2)
Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply
22 AWG (0.3 mm2) shielded twisted pairs with drain
E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3
(Belden 8723 or equal)3

1
2

Function

OF
Auxiliary Contacts

Remote Operation

SD
SDE
MN
MX

Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch position
contacts
Bell alarm
Electrical fault alarm contact
Undervoltage trip device
Shunt trip

C3 terminal is not used.
Neutral voltage takeoff supplied as flying lead.

60
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers
Performance
The Compact NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip units,
which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip units
can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.
The compact size and small footprint of the NS circuit breakers permit higher density installations.
These circuit breakers are available in ratings up to 1600 A to meet a broad range of commercial and
industrial application needs.

•
•

Circuit breakers are available in 1600 A construction with a sensor size range of 250–1600 A.
Interrupting ratings (AIR):
Circuit
Breaker

Compact NS630b–NS1600

Interrupting
Rating

220/240 Vac
Icu

Ics

380/415 Vac
Icu

Ics

440 Vac
Icu

Ics

500/525 Vac
Icu

Ics

660/690 Vac
Icu

Ics

Electrically Operated
NS630b–NS1600

N

50 kA

37 kA

50 kA

37 kA

50 kA

37 kA

40 kA

30 kA

30 kA

22 kA

NS630b–NS1600

H

70 kA

35 kA

70 kA

35 kA

65 kA

32 kA

50 kA

25 kA

42 kA

21 kA

NS630b–NS1000

L

150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA

—

—

Manually Operated
NS630b–NS1600

N

85 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

50 kA

40 kA

40 kA

30 kA

30 kA

NS630b–NS1600

H

85 kA

52 kA

70 kA

52 kA

65 kA

48 kA

50 kA

37 kA

42 kA

31 kA

NS630b–NS1000

L

150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 130 kA 130 kA 100 kA 100 kA

—

—

NS630b–NS800

R

200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 200 kA 100 kA 100 kA

75 kA

75 kA

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Nine inch width provides
increased density installation.

•
•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•
•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•
•

Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility.

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering
and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.
Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to
purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.
Additional options are available for five-cycle closing, stored energy mechanisms and drawoutmounting.

61
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers
Drawout Configuration
The drawout configuration makes it possible to:

•
•

extract and/or rapidly replace the circuit breaker without having to touch connectors
allow for the addition of circuits at a later date

Compact NS630b to NS1600 circuit breakers should be installed vertically only.

Rear mounting on rails.
Mounting on a backplate.

Device on mounting plate.

Device on rails.

62
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

Catalog Numbers
Table 56:

IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic
Trip Units1
Circuit Breaker

Trip Unit

Current Rating
630 A

800 A

1000 A

1250 A

1600 A

NPNLE36063U32R

NPNLE36080U32R

NPNLE36100U32R

NPNLE36125U32R

NPNFE36160U32R

2.0

NPHLE36063U32R

NPHLE36080U32R

NPHLE36100U32R

NPHLE36125U32R

NPHFE36160U32R

(LS0)

NPLLE34063U32R

NPLLE34080U32R

NPLLE34100U32R

—

—

NPRLE34063U32R

NPRLE34080U32R

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U33R

NPNLE36080U33R

NPNLE36100U33R

NPNLE36125U33R

NPNFE36160U33R

5.0

NPHLE36063U33R

NPHLE36080U33R

NPHLE36100U33R

PHLE36125U33RN

NPHFE36160U33R

(LSI)

NPLLE34063U33R

NPLLE34080U33R

NPLLE34100U33R

—

—

NPRLE34063U33R

NPRLE34080U33R

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U42R

NPNLE36080U42R

NPNLE36100U42R

NPNLE36125U42R

NPNFE36160U42R

2.0A

NPHLE36063U42R

NPHLE36080U42R

NPHLE36100U42R

NPHLE36125U42R

NPHFE36160U42R

(LS0)

NPLLE34063U42R

NPLLE34080U42R

NPLLE34100U42R

—

—

NPRLE34063U42R

NPRLE34080U42R

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U43R

NPNLE36080U43R

NPNLE36100U43R

NPNLE36125U43R

NPNFE36160U43R

5.0A

NPHLE36063U43R

NPHLE36080U43R

NPHLE36100U43R

NPHLE36125U43R

NPHFE36160U43R

(LSI)

NPLLE34063U43R

NPLLE34080U43R

NPLLE34100U43R

—

—

NPRLE34063U43R

NPRLE34080U43R

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U44R

NPNLE36080U44R

NPNLE36100U44R

NPNLE36125U44R

NPNFE36160U44R

NPHLE36063U44R

NPHLE36080U44R

NPHLE36100U44R

NPHLE36125U44R

NPHFE36160U44R

NPLLE34063U44R

NPLLE34080U44R

NPLLE34100U44R

—

—

NPRLE34063U44R

NPRLE34080U44R

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U63RE1

NPNLE36080U63RE1

NPNLE36100U63RE1

NPNLE36125U63RE1

NPNFE36160U63RE1

5.0P

NPHLE36063U63RE1

NPHLE36080U63RE1

NPHLE36100U63RE1

NPHLE36125U63RE1

NPHFE36160U63RE1

(LSI)

NPLLE34063U63RE1

NPLLE34080U63RE1

NPLLE34100U63RE1

—

—

NPRLE34063U63RE1

NPRLE34080U63RE1

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U64RE1

NPNLE36080U64RE1

NPNLE36100U64RE1

NPNLE36125U64RE1

NPNFE36160U64RE1

NPHLE36063U64RE1

NPHLE36080U64RE1

NPHLE36100U64RE1

NPHLE36125U64RE1

NPHFE36160U64RE1

NPLLE34063U64RE1

NPLLE34080U64RE1

NPLLE34100U64RE1

—

—

NPRLE34063U64RE1

NPRLE34080U64RE1

—

—

—

Micrologic
Standard Trip
Unit

Micrologic
Ammeter Trip
Unit2

6.0A
(LSIG)

Micrologic Power
Trip Unit with
Modbus®
Communications

6.0P
(LSIG)

Micrologic
Harmonic Trip
Unit with Modbus
Communications

NPNLE36063U73RE1

NPNLE36080U73RE1

NPNLE36100U73RE1

NPNLE36125U73RE1

NPNFE36160U73RE1

5.0H

NPHLE36063U73RE1

NPHLE36080U73RE1

NPHLE36100U73RE1

NPHLE36125U73RE1

NPHFE36160U73RE1

(LSI)

NPLLE34063U73RE1

NPLLE34080U73RE1

NPLLE34100U73RE1

—

—

NPRLE34063U73RE1

NPRLE34080U73RE1

—

—

—

NPNLE36063U74RE1

NPNLE36080U74RE1

NPNLE36100U74RE1

NPNLE36125U74RE1

NPNFE36160U74RE1

NPHLE36063U74RE1

NPHLE36080U74RE1

NPHLE36100U74RE1

NPHLE36125U74RE1

NPHFE36160U74RE1

NPLLE34063U74RE1

NPLLE34080U74RE1

NPLLE34100U74RE1

—

—

NPRLE34063U74RE1

NPRLE34080U74RE1

—

—

—

6.0H
(LSIG)

1

For 4P, replace the 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NPNLE35053U43R becomes NPNLE46063U43R).

2

Add E1 suffix for Modbus communications.

63
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers
Table 57:

Compact Non-Automatic Switch

Compact Switch-Catalog Number1

NPNLE36063U32R NPNLE36080U32R NPNLE36100U32R NPNLE36125U32R NPNLE36160U32R

Number of Poles
Toggle
Control

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

X

X

X

X

X

Direct or extended
rotary handle

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Front connection

X

X

X

X

X

Rear connection

X

X

X

X

X

Front connection
Drawout
(on cradle) Rear connection

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

630

800

1000

1250

1600

Manual
Electric

Connections

3, 4

Fixed

Electrical Characteristics as per IEC 60947-3
Conventional thermal current
(A)

Ith

Rated insulation voltage (V)

Ui

800

800

800

800

800

Rated impulse withstand
voltage (V)

Uimp

8

8

8

8

8

Rated operation voltage (V)

Ue

690

690

690

690

690

440/480 V2 630

800

1000

1250

1600

60°C

AC 50/60 Hz
220/240 V
380/415V
500/525 V
660/690 V

Short-circuit making capacity
Short-time withstand current

Icm

(kA peak)

52

52

52

52

52

Icw

0.5s
(A rms)
20s

19.2
4

19.2
4

19.2
4

19.2
4

19.2
4

Suitability for isolation
Durability (C-O cycles)

Mechanical
Electrical

AC

X

X

X

X

X

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

2000

2000

2000

2000

1000

Positive contact indication

X

X

X

X

X

Pollution degree

3

3

3

3

3

Protections
Add-on earth-leakage
protection

Combination with
Vigirex relay

X

Additional indication and control auxiliaries
Indication contacts
Voltage releases

X
MX shunt release

X

MN undervoltage release

X

Remote communication by bus
Device status indication (communicating auxiliary contacts)

X

Device remote operation (communicating motor operator)

X

Installation
Terminal extensions and
spreaders
Accessories

Terminal shields and interphase X
barriers
Escutcheons

Dimensions (mm)
WxHxD
Weight (kg)

X

Fixed
Fixed

3P

X
327 x 210 x 147

4P

327 x 280 x 147

3P

14

4P

18

1

Installation standards require upstream protection.

2

Suitable for 480 V NEMA.

64
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 6—Compact NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers

Interrupting Ratings
See page 61.

Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers
Electrically-operated NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available in unit-mount construction up to
1600 A and are denoted in the catalog number by an “M_” suffix. These come equipped with a twostep stored energy mechanism and come standard with a motor assembly.
Motor assemblies provide on and off control from remote locations. The assemblies contain a springcharging motor (MCH), a shunt trip (MX) and a shunt close (XF) and are available in standard or
communicating versions. An SDE overcurrent trip switch is also included for trip indication. When
remote indication of the circuit breaker status is required, use of a circuit breaker with an OF auxiliary
switch (for on-off indication).
Table 58:

Motor Assembly Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Voltage Type Voltage Ratings (Vn)
Vac 50/60 Hz

48, 100–130, 220–240, 380–415

Vdc

24–30, 48–60, 100–130, 200–250

For catalog numbers, see Table 70 on page 75.

Automatic Molded Case Switches
Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 630–1600 A.
Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time
protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point
calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit
breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.

Termination Information
Unit-mount circuit breakers and switches have mechanical lugs standard on both ends. These lugs
accept aluminum or copper wire. Manually operated circuit breakers are also available in drawout
construction.
Other terminations are available as accessories for non-standard applications. See Table 88 on page
86 for more lug options.

Accessories
Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory
compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. See Table 62 on page 70 for available
accessories.

Control Wiring
Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.
Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Manually-Operated Circuit Breakers
See Figure 2 on page 50. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.)
Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams for Electrically-Operated Circuit Breakers
See Figure 3 on page 51. (Same as PowerPact P-frame circuit breaker.)
65
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker
Performance
The Compact NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers feature the exclusive Micrologic™ electronic trip
units, which allow for a range of sophisticated applications for metering and monitoring. In addition, trip
units can be interchanged in the field to allow for maximum flexibility.
The compact size and smaller footprint of the NS circuit breaker permits higher density installations.
These circuit breakers are available in up to 3200 A construction to meet a broad range of commercial
and industrial application needs.

•
•

Circuit breakers are available in 3200 A construction with a sensor size range of 600–3200 A.
Interrupting ratings (AIR):

Compact NS1600b–NS3200

220/240 Vac

380/415 Vac

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

Icu

N

85 kA

65 kA

70 kA

52 kA

H

125 kA

94 kA

85 kA

64 kA

Interrupting
Rating

440 Vac

500/525 Vac

660/690 Vac

Ics

Icu

Ics

Icu

Ics

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

65 kA

85 kA

64 kA

—

—

—

—

•

The N interrupting rating is recommended for applications having high inrush and/or non-linear
loads such as large motors, transformers, motors with soft starts, etc.

•

Compact circuit breaker size allows for smaller footprint installations. Fifteen-inch width provides
increased density installation.

•
•

Most field-installable accessories are common to all frame sizes for easier stocking and installation

•
•

Compatible with Powerlogic systems and high amperage power circuit breakers.

•

Connection options include bus or cable for installation flexibility.

Selection of four interchangeable Micrologic trip units available, with Powerlogic™ power metering
and monitoring capabilities available in advanced trip units.
Built-in Modbus® protocol provides an open communications platform and eliminates the need to
purchase additional, proprietary network solutions.

66
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

Catalog Numbers
Table 59:

IEC-Rated, Unit-Mount, Manually-Operated, 3P Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers
with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Circuit Breaker
Current Rating1

Trip Unit

Micrologic
Standard Trip
Unit

Micrologic
Ammeter Trip
Unit2

Micrologic Power
Trip Unit with
Modbus®
Communications

1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

3200 A

2.0
(LS0)

NRNFE36160U32R

NRNFE36200U32R

NRNFE36250U32R

NRNFE36320U32R

NRHFE36160U32R

NRHFE36200U32R

NRHFE36250U32R

NRHFE36320U32R

5.0
(LSI)

NRNFE36160U33R

NRNFE36200U33R

NRNFE36250U33R

NRNFE36320U33R

NRHFE36160U33R

NRHFE36200U33R

NRHFE36250U33R

NRHFE36320U33R

2.0A
(LS0)

NRNFE36160U42R

NRNFE36200U42R

NRNFE36250U42R

NRNFE36320U42R

NRHFE36160U42R

NRHFE36200U42R

NRHFE36250U42R

NRHFE36320U42R

5.0A
(LSI)

NRNFE36160U43R

NRNFE36200U43R

NRNFE36250U43R

NRNFE36320U43R

NRHFE36160U43R

NRHFE36200U43R

NRHFE36250U43R

NRHFE36320U43R

6.0A
(LSIG)

NRNFE36160U44R

NRNFE36200U44R

NRNFE36250U44R

NRNFE36320U44R

NRHFE36160U44R

NRHFE36200U44R

NRHLFE36250U44R

NRHFE36320U44R

5.0P
(LSI)

NRNFE36160U63RE1

NRNFE36200U63RE1

NRNFE36250U63RE1

NRNFE36320U63RE1

NRHFE36160U63RE1

NRHFE36200U63RE1

NRHFE36250U63RE1

NRHFE36320U63RE1

6.0P
(LSIG)

NRNFE36160U64RE1

NRNFE36200U64RE1

NRNFE36250U64RE1

NRNFE36320U64RE1

NRHFE36160U64RE1

NRHFE36200U64RE1

NRHFE36250U64RE1

NRHFE36320U64RE1

1

For 4P, replace the leading 3 in the catalog number following the prefix with a 4 (NRHFE36200U74RE1 becomes
NRHFE46200U74RE1).

2

Add E1 suffix for Modbus Communications.

Interrupting Ratings
See page 66.

Automatic Molded Case Switches
Automatic molded case switches are available in unit-mount constructions from 1600–3200 A.
Automatic switches are similar in construction to electronic trip circuit breakers except that long-time
protection is not present. The switches open instantaneously at a non-adjustable magnetic trip point
calibrated to protect only the molded case switch itself. They must be used in conjunction with a circuit
breaker or fuse of equivalent rating.
Table 60:

Automatic Switch Information

Ampere Rating

Icw

Trip Point

1600

32 kA

57 kA

2000

32 kA

57 kA

2500

32 kA

57 kA

3200

32 kA

57 kA

67
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 7—Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breaker

Termination Information
NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers and switches are equipped for bus connection only. For certain
amperages, an RLTBE terminal pad kit may be required. (Same kit as the PowerPact R-frame circuit
breaker.) Refer to Section 10—Dimensional Drawings for terminal pad kit dimensions.
Table 61:

Terminal Pad Kits for Compact NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Terminal Pad Kit (One End Only)

Circuit Breaker
Usage

3P Kit

4P Kit

3200 A

Required

Provided

Provided

All Other Circuit Breakers

Optional

RLTBE

RLTBE4

Accessories
Accessories are available either factory-installed or field-installable. They can be installed in accessory
compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover. (Same accessories as the R-frame circuit
breaker.)

Control Wiring
Control wiring is connected to terminals located under the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Accessory Control Wiring Diagrams
Refer to Wiring Diagrams on page 60. (Same as the R-frame circuit breaker.)

68
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Section 8—Accessories
Accessories
M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers can be used with a variety of
internal and external accessories to increase application versatility and meet the demands of modern
electrical distribution systems.
Circuit breaker internal accessories are available either factory installed or field installable. They can
be installed in accessory compartments behind the circuit breaker accessory cover.

Factory-Installed Accessories
Factory-installed accessories are internally mounted by the factory. Accessories only available factory
installed cannot be removed or repaired in the field. Order factory-installed accessories by adding the
correct two-letter suffix to the standard circuit breaker catalog number. To build a catalog number, refer
to the product selector or contact a field office.

Field-Installable Accessories
FIeld-installable accessories can be installed or replaced in the field without affecting the circuit
breaker ratings. Field-installable accessories are shipped separately from the circuit breakers. Install
and wire field-installable accessories according to the instructions supplied with the circuit breaker and
particular accessory. Order field-installable accessories by the catalog number found in the Schneider
Electric Digest.

69
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Table 62:

Field/Factory-Installed Accessories
P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600

Accessory

M-Frame
Manually-Operated
Circuit Breakers

Manually-Operated
Circuit Breakers

ElectricallyOperated Circuit
Breakers

R-Frame and
NS1600b–NS3200
Circuit Breakers

Page
No.

Field
Factory Field
Factory Field
Factory
Installable Installed Installable Installed Installable Installed

Field
Factory
Installable Installed

Shunt Trip (MX)

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

71

Undervoltage Trip (MN)

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

72

Adjustable Time Delay Module for
Undervoltage Trip

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

73

Auxiliary Switch (OF)

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

73

Alarm Switch (SD)

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

73

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

N

N

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

73

Spring-Charging Motor

N/A

NA

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

75

Trip Unit Replacement Covers

N

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

76

Neutral Current Transformer

N

N/A

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

77

Ground-Fault Interface Module

N

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

77

External Sensor for SGR or MDGF
Protection

N

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

77

Sensor Plugs

N

N

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

78

Rating Plugs

N

N

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

78

M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

79

Circuit Breaker Communication Module

N/A

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

79

Restraint Interface Module

N/A

N/A

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

81

External Power Supply Module

N

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

81

External Battery Backup Module

N

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

81

Hand-Held Test Kit

N

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

84

Full-Function Test Kit

Y

N/A

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

84

Mechanical Lug

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

85

Compression Lug

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

85

Terminal Pad

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

85

I-Line Jaws

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

85

Power Distribution Connectors

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

86

Control Wire Terminations

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

86

Phase Barriers

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

88

Electric Joint Compound

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

88

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanism

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

88

Rotary Handle

N/A

N/A

N

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

89

Replacement Handles

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

89

Long Handle Extension

Y

Y

Y

Y

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

89

Accessory Cover Door Escutcheons

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

89

Padlock Attachment

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

89

Keylock

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

89

Keylock Provision

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

N

Y

89

Sub-Feed Lugs

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

Y

90

Y = Yes
N = No
N/A = Not Available

70
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Electrical Accessories
Maximum Wire Length
Maximum Wire Length—The inrush currents for these devices are approximately 200 VA. When low
supply voltages (12, 24 or 48 V) are used, the maximum allowable wire length is dependent on the
voltage and the wire size.
Table 63:

Maximum Wire Length1
Source Voltage

Percent of
Source Voltage

Device

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

14 AWG
(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG
(1.31 mm2)

14 AWG
(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG
(1.31 mm2)

14 AWG
(2.08 mm2)

16 AWG
(1.31 mm2)

100%

—

—

159 ft
(48.5 m)

100 ft
(30.5 m)

765 ft
(233.2 m)

472 ft
(143.9 m)

85%

—

—

44 ft
(13.4 m)

29 ft
(8.8 m)

205 ft
(62.5 m)

129 ft
(39.3 m)

100%

57 ft
(17.4 m)

34 ft
(10.4 m)

314 ft
(95.7 m)

200 ft
(61.0 m)

1503 ft
(457.8 m)

944 ft
(287.7 m)

85%

27 ft
(8.2 m)

17 ft
(5.2 m)

205 ft
(62.5 m)

126 ft
(38.4 m)

957 ft
(291.7 m)

601 ft
(183.2 m)

Wire Size

UVR (MN)

Shunt Trip (MX) and
Shunt Close (XF)
1

48 Vdc

The length shown in the table is for each of the two supply wires.

Shunt Trip (MX1) and Shunt Close (XF)

Shunt Trip (MX1): When energized, the shunt trip instantaneously opens the circuit breaker. The
shunt trip may be energized continuously or intermittently.
Shunt Close (XF): Remotely closes the circuit breaker if the spring mechanism is charged. The shunt
close may be energized continuously or intermittently.This accessory is for electrically-operated
P-frame circuit breaker only.
Communication versions of the MX1 and XF are available for direct connection via the circuit breaker
communication module (BCM).
Table 64:
Shunt Trip (MX1) and
Shunt Close (XF)

Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Characteristics

Characteristics

MX1

Vac
50/60 Hz

Voltage Ratings (Vn)

Vdc

Operating Threshold
Power Consumption (VA or W)

0.7 to 1.1 Vn
Steady-State/Inrush

XF

Min

Max

24 Vac

17 Vac

26 Vac

48 Vac

34 Vac

52 Vac

120 Vac

60 Vac

132 Vac

240 Vac

168 Vac

264 Vac

277 Vac

194 Vac

304 Vac

380 Vac

266 Vac

418 Vac

480 Vac

336 Vac

528 Vac

12 Vdc

8 Vdc

13 Vdc

24 Vdc

17 Vdc

26 Vdc

48 Vdc

34 Vdc

52 Vdc

125 Vdc

88 Vdc

137 Vdc

250 Vdc

175 Vdc

275 Vdc

0.85 to 1.1 Vn
4.5/200
70 ms ±10 (NW ≤ 4000 A)

Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn1

50 ms ±10

80 ms ±10 (NW > 4000 A)
55 ms (NT)

1

Shunt trip (MX1) and shunt close (XF) circuits must be energized for minimum of 200 ms.

71
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Undervoltage Trip (MN)
This function opens the circuit breaker via an electrical order.
It is made up of:

•
•
•

Instantaneous trip
Fixed undervoltage trip (time delayed) or,
Adjustable undervoltage trip (time delayed)

As shown in the wiring diagram for the remote tripping function below, the delay unit (installed outside
the circuit breaker) may be disabled by an emergency off button to obtain non-delayed opening of the
circuit breaker.
Undervoltage Trip (MN)

The undervoltage trip (MN) instantaneously opens the circuit breaker when its supply voltage drops to
a value between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage.
If the undervoltage trip is not energized, it is impossible to close the circuit breaker, either manually or
electrically. An attempt to close the circuit breaker produces no movement of the main contacts.
Closing is allowed when the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip reaches 85% of rated voltage.
Table 65:

Undervoltage Trip Characteristics

Characteristics

MN
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac

Vac

240 Vac

50/60 Hz

277 Vac
380 Vac

Voltage Ratings (Vn)

480 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc

Vdc

125 Vdc
250 Vdc
Power Consumption (VA or W)

Constant/Inrush

4.5/200

Opening

0.35 to 0.70 Vn

Closing

0.35 Vn

Operating Threshold
Circuit Breaker Response Time at Vn

Figure 5:

Wire Diagram for the Remote Tripping Function
Opening
Order

Opening
Order

C12

MX2

90 ms ±5

or

Delayed
Opening
Order

D2

Delayed
Unit

MN

Instantaneous Opening
Order
MN

C1 1

D1

10

12

3

6

D2
D1

72
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Time-Delay Module for Undervoltage Trip
To eliminate circuit breaker nuisance tripping during temporary voltage dips (micro-breaks), operation
of the undervoltage trip (MN) can be delayed by adding an external time-delay module to the
undervoltage trip circuit. Available as adjustable and non-adjustable module.
Table 66:

Time-Delay Module Characteristics
Factory-Installed Field-Installable
Cat. No. Suffix
Cat. No.

Characteristics

Adjustable
Voltage Ratings of
Time-delay Module
Non-Adjustable

Operating Threshold

48-60

—

S33680

Vac 50/60 Hz /

100-130

—

S33681

Vdc

200-250

—

S33682

380-480

—

S33683

Vac 50/60 Hz /

100-130

—

S33684

Vdc

200-250

—

S33685

Opening

0.35 to 0.7 Vn

Closing

Power Consumption
Time-Delay Settings

0.85 Vn
4.5 VA/W (holding),
200 VA/W (inrush)

Adjustable

0.5, 0.9, 1.5, and 3.0 s

Non-Adjustable

0.25 s

Indication Contacts
Changeover contacts are used to provide remote circuit breaker status information and can be used
for indications, electrical locking, relaying, etc. All the auxiliary contacts are also available in “low-level”
versions capable of switching very low loads (for the control of PLCs or electronic circuits).
Auxiliary Switch (OF):

•

remotely indicates the position of the main circuit breaker contacts.

•

can be used to operate indicator lights, relays or other accessories.

•

circuit breaker can accommodate up to three 1A/1B auxiliary switches.

Alarm Switch (SD)

•

indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to:
— an overload
— a short circuit
— an earth-leakage fault
— operation of a voltage release
— operation of the “push-to-trip” button

•

Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset.

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

•

indicates that the circuit breaker has tripped due to:
— an overload
— a short circuit
— an earth-leakage fault

•

Returns to de-energized state when the circuit breaker is reset.

73
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Table 67:

Electrical Characteristics of the OF/SD/SDE Auxiliary Contacts

Contacts

Standard

Low Level1

Rated thermal current (A)

6

5

Minimum load

100 mA at 24 V

Operational
current (A)

1

1 mA at 24 V

Voltage

AC

DC

AC

24 V

6

6

5

DC
5

48 V

6

2.5

5

2.5

110 V

6

0.6

5

0.6

220/240 V

6

—

5

—

250 V

—

0.3

5

0.3

380/440 V

6

—

5

—

480 V

6

—

5

—

660/690 V

6

—

—

—

SDE is not available in low level for electrically-operated P-frame circuit breakers.

NOTE: If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level functions of the switch will be
lost but the switch will continue to function as a standard switch.
Table 68:

Catalog Numbers
Standard
Min Load = 10 mA with 24 V

Low Level
Min Load = 1 mA with 24 V

Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Description
Field-Installable
Cat. No.

Field-Installable
Cat. No.

1 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b

AA

S29450

AE

S29452

2 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b

AB

2x S29450

AF

2x S29452

3 Auxiliary Switch (OF) 1a1b

AC

3x S29450

AG

3x S29452

Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b

BC

S29450

BH

S29452

Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE) 1a1b

BD

S29450

BJ1

S29452

Alarm Switch/Overcurrent Trip Switch (SD/SDE) 2a2b

BE

2x S29450

BK1

2x S29452

1

Not available on an electrically-operated P-frame circuit breaker.

74
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Spring-Charging Motors (MCH) for P-Frame Circuit Breakers
The spring-charging motor automatically charges the spring mechanism for closing the circuit breaker
and also recharges the spring mechanism when the circuit breaker is in the ON position.
Instantaneous reclosing of the circuit breaker is thus possible following circuit breaker opening. The
spring-mechanism charging handle is used only as a backup if auxiliary power is absent.
The spring-charging motor is equipped as standard with a limit switch contact (CH) that signals the
charged position of the mechanism (springs charged).
Table 69:

Spring-Charging Motor Characteristics

Characteristics

MCH
Vac 50/60 Hz

Voltage Ratings (Vn)

48-60, 100-130, 200-250, 240-277, 380-415, 400-440, 480

Vdc

24-30, 48-60, 100-125, 200-250

Operating Threshold

0.85 to 1.1 Vn

Power Consumption

180 VA

Motor Overcurrent

2–3 x In for 0.1 s

Charging Time

4 s maximum on NW, 3 s maximum on NT

Duty Cycle

3 cycles per minute maximum
10,000 cycles for NW < 4000 A

Endurance

5000 cycles for NW ≥ 4000 A

CH Contact

Table 70:

10 A at 240 V

Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description

FieldReplacement Coils
Replacement
Spring Charging Factory Installed Opening/Closing
Cat. No. Suffix
Coil Cat. No.
Motor Cat. No.

Factory
Rated Voltage
Installed Cat.
(+10%/-15%)
No. Suffix

Vac
Standard Motor for
Electrically-Operated
Circuit Breakers
Vdc

Vac
Communicating Motor
Mechanism for
Electrically-Operated
Circuit Breakers
Vdc

48

ML

S47391

SL

S33660

100-130

MA

S47395

SA

S33661

220-240

MC

S47396

SC

S33662

380-415

MF

S47398

SH

S33664

24-30

MO

S47390

SK

S33659

48-60

MV

S47391

SL

S33660

110/130

MR

S47392

SA

S33661

200/250

MS

S47393

SC

S33662

48

NL

S47391

EL

S33034

100-130

NA

S47395

EA

S33035

220-240

NC

S47396

EC

S33036

380-415

NF

S47398

EH

S33038

24-30

NO

S47390

EK

S33033

48-60

NV

S47391

EL

S33034

110-130

NR

S47392

EA

S33035

200-250

NS

S47393

EC

S33036

75
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Circuit breakers are shipped with trip unit installed, but can have the trip units replaced in the field.
Actual trip units and settings required for specific applications must be determined by a qualified
consultant or plant engineer. A coordination study is recommended to provide coordination between all
circuit breakers in the distribution system.
Table 71:

Field-Installable Micrologic Trip Unit

Model

Protection

Additional Features

Field-Installable Cat. No.1

2.0 (IEC only)

LSO

3.0 (UL/ANSI only)

LI

S132R

5.0

LSI

S133A

2.0A (IEC only)

LSO

S142R

None

S131A

3.0A (UL/ANSI only)

LI

5.0A

LSI

S141A

6.0A

LSIG

S144A

5.0P

LSI

S163A

2

6.0P

LSIG

S164A

2

5.0H

LSI

S173A

2

6.0H

LSIG

S174A

2

Ammeter

S143A

Metering, Advanced Protection
Metering, Advanced Protection &
Harmonic Analysis

1

The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit is the “A” rating plug. To specify an alternative adjustable rating plug, please
add the letter designation to the end of the catalog number. Please refer to Digest for a complete listing of adjustable settings
available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if
no rating plug is required.
When replacing a Basic trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H (Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12pin connector kit S33101 for the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact P-frame unit-mount
and R-frame circuit breakers.

2

Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.

Lead-Free Trip Unit Sealing Kit
The MICROTUSEAL lead-free trip unit seal was designed as a RoHS-compliant replacement for lead
seals. It may be used to seal Micrologic trip units and other devices. It is manufactured as a stainless
steel cable and polycarbonate locking mechanism which shows evidence of tampering. The seal is
individually numbered for control purposes.
Order kit number

MICROTUSEAL

.

Replacement Covers
Table 72:

Replacement Covers
Device

Cat. No.

Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear

S33592

Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover, opaque gray

S47067

76
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Neutral Current Transformer (CT)
Current transformers are available for applications requiring ground-fault protection on three-phase,
four-wire systems or for neutral protection and metering. Neutral current transformers are not required
on non-ground-fault circuit breakers, or on three-phase, three-wire systems. The rating of the external
neutral current transformer must be compatible with the rating of the circuit breaker.
Table 73:

Neutral Current Transformer Catalog Numbers

Circuit Breaker

Sensor
250

P-Frame

R-Frame

All

S33575

400–1600

S33576

250

S48916

400–1600

S34036

2000

S48896

2500

S48182

All

12-pin Trip Unit Connector
1

Cat. No.

NCTWIRING1
S33100

Included with NCT.

NOTE: These neutral current transformers cannot be used for SGR (Source Ground-Return) or MDGF
(Modified Differential Ground Fault) applications.

Ground-Fault Interface Module
The ground-fault interface module (P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–NS3200 circuit breakers only) is
used to sum the current flow in three-phase, four-wire systems and multiple-sourced systems, using
one or more specially-designed external current sensors to measure current flow. The ground-fault
interface module is commonly used in two applications:

•
•

For a ground-source return ground-fault sensing (SGR) system
For a modified differential ground-fault (MDGF) system

More complex systems are possible, for information about these, contact a field sales representative.
Order kit number

S48891 .

External Sensor for SGR or MDGF Protections
For use on 400 A sensor or higher.
In SGR applications, an external sensor is installed around the connection of the transformer neutral
point to ground. Its secondary is connected to the Micrologic™ 6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units.
In MDGF applications, a sensor is installed on each phase and neutral conductor. The sensors for
each circuit breaker are connected to an interface module. These, in turn, connect to the Micrologic
6.0A, 6.0P or 6.0H trip units.
Order kit number

S33579 .

77
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Sensor Plugs
Sensor plugs are used to set the current rating (In) of the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers.
Beginning in January 2007 (date code 07011), the sensor plugs are field-replaceable, down to 50% of
the original rating. Mechanical keying in the circuit breaker prevents changing a rating plug to a higher
rating than the original factory-installed sensor plug.
Table 74:

Sensor Plugs

Circuit Breaker

UL P-Frame

IEC P-Frame

UL R-Frame

IEC R-Frame

Original Circuit
Breaker Amperage

Sensor Plug
Range

Sensor Plug
Catalog No.

250 A

250 A

S47052

400 A

400 A

S47053

600 A

600 A

S48823

800 A

600–800 A

S33092

1000 A

600–1000 A

S33093

1200 A

600–1200 A

S48824

630 A

630 A

S33091

800 A

600–800 A

S33092

1000 A

600–1000 A

S33093

1250 A

600–1250 A

S33094

1600 A

600–1600 A

S33095

600 A

600 A

S48823

800 A

600–800 A

S33092

1000 A

600–1000 A

S33093

1200 A

600–1200 A

S48824

1600 A

800–1600 A

S33095

2000 A

1000–2000 A

S33982

2500 A

1200–2500 A

S33983

3000 A

1200–3000 A

S48825

1600 A

1600 A

S33095

2000 A

1600–2000 A

S33982

2500 A

1600–2500 A

S33983

3200 A

1600–3200 A

S33984

Rating Plugs
Interchangeable rating plugs are available to limit the long-time threshold setting range for greater
versatility.
Table 75:

Rating Plug Settings

Rating Plug

For P-Frame and
R-Frame Circuit
Breakers

For NS630b–
NS3200 Circuit
Breakers

Switch Settings Ir = In x...

Cat. No.

Type A

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.6

0.63

0.7

0.8

0.9

1

S48818

Type B

0.4

0.44

0.5

0.56

0.63

0.75

0.88

0.95

1

S48819

Type C

0.42

0.50

0.53

0.58

0.67

0.75

0.83

0.95

1

S48820

Type D

0.4

0.48

0.64

0.7

0.8

0.9

0.93

0.95

1

S48836

Type E

0.6

0.7

0.75

0.8

0.85

0.9

0.93

0.95

1

S48837

Type F

0.84

0.86

0.88

0.9

0.92

0.94

0.96

0.98

1

S48838

Type G

0.66

0.68

0.7

0.72

0.74

0.76

0.78

0.8

0.82

S48839

Type H

0.48

0.5

0.52

0.54

0.56

0.58

0.6

0.62

0.64

S48840

Type R1

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

0.95

0.98

1

S33542

Type S

0.4

0.45

0.5

0.55

0.6

0.65

0.7

0.75

0.8

S33543

Type T

0.8

0.82

0.85

0.88

0.9

0.92

0.95

0.98

1

S33544

Type P (Off Plug)

No Long-Time Protection.

S33545

78
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Modbus® Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM)
The circuit breaker communication module is independent of the trip unit. Installed on the circuit
breaker, behind the trip unit, it receives and transmits information on the communication network. An
optical link is used for communication with the Micrologic™ A, P, and H trip units. Power requirements
are 30 mA, 24 Vdc.
NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated
from the power supply for the trip unit.
The following may be connected to this module:

•
•
Table 76:

A set of dedicated switches which read the status of the circuit breaker.
A set of “actuators” (MX shunt trip or motor mechanism) to control the circuit breaker.

.

Circuit Breaker Communication Module Characteristics

Circuit Breaker
Identification

ID Code, Address
Size, Rating, Performance
Type of Trip Unit
Type of Long-Time Rating Plug

Status Indication

On/Off Indication
Fault Trip

Controls

Opening/Closing

Circuit Breaker and Trip Unit
A

P

H

X

X

X

Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches

X

X

Setting of Protection and Alarms

X

X

Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches
Settings

Customized Alarm Programming

X

Reading of Protection and Alarms

Standard

X

X

Set

X

X

Customized

X

Current
Reading of Measurements

Operating and
Maintenance Aids

Voltages, Frequency, Power, etc.

X

X

X

X

Power Quality: Fundamentals and Harmonics

X

Waveform Capture

X
History of Trips and Alarms1

Histories

X

X

Log of Trips and Alarms

X

Contact Wear, Counters, Etc.

Indicators
1

X

X

X

Maintenance Record

X

Up to 10 trips and 10 alarms.

Table 77:

Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories
Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Description

FactoryInstalled
Cat. No.
Suffix

P-Frame

R-Frame

Unit
Motor
I-Line™
Drawout
Mount
Operated

Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus)

E1

S64205

Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)

V

S64273

Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C)

W

S64204

External Voltage Sensing (EVS)

YV

S64203

Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights

—

S33593

12-pin Trip Unit Connector for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

—

S33100

S64207

S64210

With
Rotary
Handle

Unit
Mount

S64206

S64205

S64202

S64204

S64201

S64209

S64210

S64208

I-Line

79
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts
The M2C and M6C contacts are used with the Micrologic™ P and H control units, and indicate the type
of fault and instantaneous or delayed threshold overruns (i.e: trip unit protection pickup,
current/voltage unbalance, under/over voltage, reverse power, phase rotation, under/over frequency,
and load shedding). The M2C has two programmable contacts while the M6C has six. They require an
external 24 Vdc power supply (100 mA consumption).
NOTE: The M2C and M6C may use the same 24 V power supply as the trip unit. The M2C, M6C and
trip unit power supply must be separate and isolated from the power supply used for the BCM/CCM.
M6C contacts are programmed via the control unit using a keypad or via a supervisory station with the
COM communication option. They may be programmed:

•
•
•

With instantaneous return to the initial state
Without return to the initial state
With return to the initial state following a delay

Table 78:

Characteristics for M2C and M6C Programmable Contacts

Minimum Load

100 mA/24 V
240 Vac

Breaking Capacity at a
Power Factor (p.f.) of 0.7

5A

380 Vac

3A

24 Vdc

1.8 A

48 Vdc

1.5 A

125 Vdc

0.4 A

250 Vdc

0.15 A

Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI)
Table 79:

Upstream
Circuit
Breaker

ZSI is used to reduce the stress on electrical distribution equipment during fault
conditions by reducing the time it takes to clear the fault, while maintaining
system coordination between overcurrent protective devices.

Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

A

During a short-circuit or ground-fault condition on a ZSI system, the device
directly ahead of the fault sends a signal upstream via control wiring to restrain
upstream circuit breakers from tripping and then trips with no intentional time
delay to clear the fault. Upstream devices which receive a restraint signal obey
their short-time and/or ground-fault delay settings to maintain coordination in
other areas of the system. Upstream devices that do not receive a restraint
signal trip with no intentional time delay.

Fault 1

B

Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Fault 2

Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

Downstream
Circuit
Breakers

•

Fault 1—The upstream circuit breaker (A) will clear the fault with no
intentional delay, regardless of its time-delay setting.

•

Fault 2—Circuit breaker (B) will inform upstream circuit breaker (A) that it is
clearing the fault. This will prevent circuit breaker (A) from tripping
instantaneously. Circuit breaker (A) will trip at the end of its time delay setting
if the fault is not cleared during this time.

ZSI requires trip settings be coordinated so a downstream circuit breaker will trip
before an upstream circuit breaker under overload, short-circuit or ground-fault
conditions. Effective coordination requires a system coordination study. See data
bulletin 0100DB0501, Short Circuit Coordination for Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers.

80
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Restraint Interface Module (RIM)
The restraint interface module (RIM) is used to allow zone-selective interlocking communications
between circuit breakers with old Micrologic™, Merlin Gerin™, or Federal Pioneer™ trip units and GC
series ground-fault relays. For 120 Vac/24 Vdc systems, use catalog number S48890. For 240 Vac/24
Vdc systems, use catalog number S48895.
Downstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 2.0A, 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can
restrain up to fifteen upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H
trip units without requiring a restraint interface module. If the number of upstream circuit breakers
exceeds fifteen, then a RIM is required.

Merlin Gerin
STR58 trip units

Square D
GC-200 relay

Square D
GC-100 relay

Micrologic
trip unit2

Downstream Device
(Sends output to RIM)

Micrologic
Series B trip unit

Upstream Device
(Receives input from RIM)

Federal Pioneer
USRC and USRCM trip units

RIM Requirements1

Table 80:

Micrologic Trip Unit2

15

R

R

15

15

R

Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units

R

26

R

R

R

15

Square D GC-100 Relay

R

R

7

R

R

R

Square D GC-200 Relay

15

R

R

15

15

R

Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units

15

R

R

15

15

R

Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units

15

R

R

15

15

R

Federal Pioneer USRC and USRCM Trip Units

R

15

R

R

R

15

Square D Add-on Ground Fault Module for Equipment Protection

R

5

R

R

R

R

1

R = RIM is required.
Number denotes maximum number of upstream circuit breakers that can be restrained without requiring a RIM.

2

Includes 2.0A (as a downstream trip unit only), 5.0A, 5.0P, 5.0P, 5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units.

External Power Supply Module
When used with the Micrologic™ A, P, and H trip units, a power supply module makes it possible to:

•
•
•
•

Display currents less than 20% of sensor (In).
Maintain display of tripping causes after opening of the circuit breaker.
Store the value of the interrupted current (P and H trip units only).
The modules are not UL Listed.

Table 81:

External Power Supply Module

Power Supply Input
(+10%, -15%)

Output
Voltage

Output
Power

Cat. No.

24–30 Vdc Input

685823

48/60 Vdc Input

685824

125 Vdc Input
110–130 Vac Input

24 Vdc

5 VA/5 W
(Ripple < 5%)

685825
685826

200–240 Vac Input

685827

380–415 Vac Input

685829

External Battery Backup Module
The external battery backup module (Catalog No. 685831) provides up to twelve hours of backup
power for the power supply module.
81
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

Display Options
Front Display Module Functions (FDM121)
(Micrologic A / P / H Trip Units Only)
The front display module (FDM121) can be integrated in the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breaker
system. It uses the sensors and processing capacity of the Micrologic trip unit to display
measurements, demand, power quality and maximum/minimum values along with alarms, histories,
and maintenance indicators.
It is easy to use and requires no special software or settings and is immediately operational when
connected to the PowerPact P- and R-frame circuit breakers by a simple cable.
The FDM121 is a large display, but requires very little depth. The anti-glare graphic display screen is
backlit for easy reading even under poor ambient lighting and at sharp angles.
Table 82:
Main menu
Quick view
Metering
Alarms
Services
ESC

Characteristics

Screen

OK

FDM121 Display

Alarm LED
Operating temperature

Size

96 x 96 x 30 mm

Installation

Requires 10 mm behind the door (or 20 mm when the 24 Vdc power
supply connector is used).

Backlighting

White

Viewing Angle

Vertical ±60°, horizontal ±30°

Resolution

High: excellent reading of graphic symbols.

Flashing orange

Alarm pick-up

Steady orange after operator reset Alarm condition persists.
14°F to 131°F (-10 °C to +55 °C).

Certifications

UL, CSA, CE

24 Vdc power supply

Tolerances 24 V -20% +10%
(19.2 V to 26.4 V)

When the FDM121 is connected to the communication network, the
24 Vdc is supplied by the communication network wiring.

Power Requirements

40 mA, 24 Vdc

Mounting

Standard door cut-out 92 x 92 mm. To avoid a cut-out in the door, a surface-mount accessory is
Attached using clips.
available for surface mounting by drilling two 22 mm diameter holes.

Degree of protection

NEMA12 / IP54 in front.

NEMA12 / IP54 is maintained after mounting by using the supplied
gasket during installation.

Surface Mount Accessory

Mounting
The FDM121 is easily installed in equipment.

•
•

Standard door cut-out 3.62 x 3.62 in. (92 x 92 mm).
Attached using clips.

To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two
0.87 in. (22 mm) diameter holes.
The FDM121 degree of protection is NEMA12 / IP54 in front. NEMA12 / IP54 is maintained after
mounting by using the supplied gasket during installation.

Electrical Connection
The FDM121 is equipped with:

•

a 24 Vdc terminal block:
— plug-in type with 2 wire inputs per point for easy daisy-chaining
— power supply range of 24 V -20% (19.2 V) to 24 V +10% (26.4 V)

•

two RJ45 jacks.

When the second connector is not used, it must be fitted with a line terminator TRV00880.
82
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Figure 6:

Communication Components and FDM121 Connections

Modbus

Modbus

1

24 V DC

24 V DC

+ FDM121

7

version > V2.0.2

+ Network

B

A’

B’

Circuit
breaker

CCM

8
A
A

B

A’

B’

2
3

+ -

red black

white blue

5

E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6
B’ / Rx+ D1

A’ / Rx- D0

B / Tx+ D1

0V

A / Tx- D0

24 V

4

customer terminal block

6
1
2
3
4

Modbus network
CCM (chassis module)
Breaker ULP cord
"Device" communication module (BCM ULP)

5
6
7
8

Prefabricated wiring
Micrologic trip unit
FDM121 display
Line terminator

Navigation
Five buttons are used for intuitive and fast navigation.
The “Context” button may be used to select the type of display (digital [text], bargraph, analog).

Main menu
Quick view
Metering
Alarms
Services
ESC

The user can select the display language (Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Portuguese,
Spanish, etc.) Other languages can be downloaded.

Screens

OK

Main menu
A

B

C

D E

When powered up, the FDM121 screen automatically displays the ON/OFF status of the device.
When not in use, the screen is not backlit. Backlighting can be activated by pressing one of the
buttons. It goes off after 3 minutes.

Quick view

Provides access to five screens that display a summary of essential operating information (I, U, f,
P, E, THD, circuit breaker On / Off).

Metering

Used to display the measurement data (I, U-V, f, P, Q, S, E, THD, PF) with the corresponding
min/max values.

Alarms

Displays active alarms and the alarm history

Services

Provides access to the operation counters, energy and maximum reset function, maintenance
indicators, identification of modules connected to the internal bus and FDM121 internal settings
(language, contrast, etc.)

83
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Catalog Numbers
Table 83:

Front Display Module Catalog Numbers

Description

Catalog No.

FDM121

STRV00121

FDM121 Mounting Accessory

TRV00128

Test Equipment
Hand-Held Test Kit
The hand held test kit may be used to:

•

Verify trip unit operation, the mechanical operation of the circuit breaker, and the electrical
continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit.

•

Supply control power to the trip unit for settings via the keypad when the circuit breaker is open
(Micrologic P and H trip units).

•
•
•

Inhibit thermal imaging for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H).
Inhibit ground fault for primary injection test (for Micrologic types A, P or H).
Self-restrain Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) (for Micrologic types A, P or H).

Table 84:

Hand-held Test Kit Catalog Numbers
Device

Cat. No.

Hand-held Test Kit

S33594

Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1

S48907

Two-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)

S48908

1

Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only.

Full-Function Test Kit
The full-function test kit consists of a signal-injection box which can be used alone or with a supporting
personal computer (PC). The optional test kit software is compatible with Windows® 95, 98 and
Windows NT® operating systems.
The test kit without a supporting PC may be used to check:

•
•
•

The mechanical operation of the circuit breaker
The electrical continuity of the connection between the tripping coil and the trip unit
Trip unit operation — for example:
— Display of settings
— Operating tests on the electronic component
— Automatic and manual tests on protection functions (trip curve verification)
— Tests on the Zone-Selective Interlocking (ZSI) function
— Inhibition of the ground-fault protection for equipment
— Inhibition of the thermal imaging

•

Save test data into test kit

The test kit with a supporting PC may be used to:

•
•

Print test data
Compare the real tripping curve with the curves available on the PC

84
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Table 85:

Full-Function Test Kit Catalog Numbers
Device

Cat. No.

Full-function Test Kit

S33595

Seven-pin Test Cable (for Connection Between Test Kit and Trip Unit)1

S48907

230 Vac Filtered Power Cord1

S48856

120 Vac Filtered Power Cord1

S48855

1

Included in the test kit. Kit for replacement only.

Circuit Breaker Terminations
Mechanical, Compression, and Distribution Lugs
The M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 circuit breakers have mechanical lugs standard on both ends
of the unit-mounted circuit breakers. The M-frame and P-frame I-Line™ circuit breakers have mechanical
lugs standard on the O/OFF end only. These lugs are suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire. Rear
connectors, compression lugs and distribution lugs are available for special applications.

M-Frame Mechanical Lugs

M-Frame
Compression Lug

R-Frame
Compression Lug

P-Frame Mechanical Lugs

P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are also available in drawout construction. See
Section 8 for drawout cradle details.
The R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers have terminal pads only (no lugs) for bus
connections on both ends. Terminal pads are required for the use of lugs on R-frame circuit breakers,
lugs are not available for NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers. See the section on R-frame and
NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers for information on terminal pad requirements. R-frame I-Line circuit
breakers have mechanical lugs standard on the O/OFF end only (AL1200R53K).
Copper mechanical lugs are available for use with copper wire only. These lugs can be factory
installed by adding an LC suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number for standard copper lugs and LD
suffix for high-amp copper lugs (M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 ≤ 800 A circuit breakers
only). See the Digest or product selector or contact the field office for more information.

I-Line™ Jaw Configurations
Standard 3P I-Line circuit breakers are supplied with an ABC phase jaw connection. In applications
where the jaw configuration must be reversed, specify a CBA jaw configuration by adding the digit 6 to
the phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number.
I-Line 2P circuit breakers are available in AC or CA phasing. Add the digit of the desired phasing to the
phasing position of the circuit breaker catalog number.
Table 86:

I-Line Phase Options

Phase Option Number

Phase Connections

1
2
3
4
5
6

AB
AC
BA
BC
CA
CB

85
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Table 86:

I-Line Phase Options

Phase Option Number

Phase Connections

Standard
6

ABC
CBA

Power Distribution Connectors
Power distribution connectors (PDCs) are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1250 unitmount circuit breakers as field-installable kits. They can be used for multiple load wire connections on
one circuit breaker. Each is UL Listed for copper wire only. Power distribution connectors are for use
on the O/OFF end of the circuit breaker only, and the O/OFF end must be connected to the load. PDCs
are for use in UL508 applications only.
PDC6P20

PDC12P4

Control Wire Terminations
Mechanical lug kits are available with provisions for control wire terminations. The control wire is
crimped to a standard ring-type wire crimp terminal (not included) and secured to the lug using the
#6-32 screw included in the kit. These lugs are UL and CSA Recognized as a circuit breaker
component.
These lugs are available factory installed or as field-installable kits. For factory-installed control wire
terminations, add the suffix from the table below in the lug option field of the catalog number.
Table 87:

Control Wire Termination

Termination Code

Control Wire Location

Control Wire Suffix

L

Both ends

LW

M

ON end only

LU

P

OFF end only

LV

Table 88:

Lug Kits

Lug Type

Catalog
Number

Used On

AL800M23K

Lugs
Circuit
Per
Breaker Type
Kit1

Max.
Amp.
Rating

Conductors/Lug

M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3, 4

800

3

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

AL800P6K

M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3,
NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3, 4

800

2

3/0 AWG–600 kcmil
(95–300 mm2)

AL800P7K

M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A3,
NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3

770

2

3/0 AWG–750 kcmil
(95–400 mm2);
Compact AL 750 kcmil
(400 mm2) only

AL1200P24K

M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-mount,
I-Line

1

1200

4

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount

3, 4

1200

4

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

AL1200R53K

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

1

1200

4

3/0 AWG–600 kcmil
(95–300 mm2)

AL1200P6KU

P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount

3

1200

3

350-600 kcmil
(185-300 mm2)

AL1200P7KU

P-Frame ≤ 800 A3,
NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount

3

1155

3

3/0 AWG–750 kcmil
(95–400 mm2);
Compact AL 750 kcmil only

AL2500RK

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

Unit-Mount

2

2500

1

1/0 AWG–750 kcmil
(50–400 mm2)

Aluminum
Mechanical Lug2 AL1200P25K

No. Range

Continued on next page

86
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Table 88:

Lug Type

Copper
Mechanical
Lugs4

Aluminum
Compression
Lugs

Lug Kits (continued)
Lugs
Circuit
Per
Breaker Type
Kit1

Max.
Amp.
Rating

Conductors/Lug

M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS800

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3, 4

800

3

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

CU1200P24K

M-Frame, P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

1

1200

4

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

CU1200P25K

P-Frame > 800 A, optional for ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount

3, 4

800

4

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–250 mm2)

CU1200R53K

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

1

1200

4

3/0 AWG–600 kcmil
(95–300 mm2)

CU250P1K

M-Frame, P-Frame ≤ 800 A,
NS630b–NS800

PJ

3

150 A

1

1–1/0 AWG
(50 mm2)

YA250P3

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

1

250

1

2/0 AWG–300 kcmil
(70–150 mm2)

YA400P3

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

2

400

1

2/0 AWG–300 kcmil
(70–150 mm2)

YA1200R3

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

4

1200

1

2/0 AWG–300 kcmil
(70–150 mm2)

YA300P5

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

1

300

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

YA600P5

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

2

600

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

YA1200R5

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

4

1200

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

YA400P7

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

1

400

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

YA800P7

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

2

800

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

YA1200R7

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

4

1200

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

YA2500R7

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

Unit-Mount

2

2500

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

CYA400P5

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

1

400

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

CYA600P5

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

2

600

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

CYA1200R5

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

4

1200

1

4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

CYA800R7

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

I-Line

2

800

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

CYA1200R7

R-Frame,
NS1600b–NS3200

I-Line

4

1200

1

500–750 kcmil
(240–400 mm2)

PDC12P4

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3

400

12

10–4 AWG
(6–25 mm2)

PDC12P44

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

4

400

12

10–4 AWG
(6–25 mm2)

PDC6P20

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

3

600

6

12–2/0 AWG
(25–70 mm2)

PDC6P204

M-Frame, P-Frame,
NS630b–NS1200

Unit-Mount,
I-Line

4

600

6

12–2/0 AWG
(25–70 mm2)

Catalog
Number

Used On

CU800M23K

Copper
Compression
Lugs4

Power
Distribution
Connectors
(Copper Only)

No. Range

1

For 4P circuit breakers, add “4” to kit catalog number (AL800M23K4 instead of AL800M23K).

2

For version with tapped hole for control wire add a T before the K to the kit catalog number (AL800M23TK instead of AL800M23K).

3

Does not fit onto I/ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers.

4

Not available with tapped hole for control wire.

87
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories

External Accessories
Phase Barriers
Phase barriers are available for M-frame, P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 unit-mount circuit breakers
with bus connections or with lugs ≤ 800 A. Phase barriers are also available for R-frame and
NS1600b–NS3200 unit-mount circuit breakers.
Table 89:

Phase Barriers

Used With

Cat. No.

M-Frame and P-Frame

S33646

R-Frame

S33998

Qty Per Kit
3

Electric Joint Compound
I-Line circuit breakers, I-Line busway plug-on units and I-Line panelboards and switchboards are
supplied with factory-applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The compound is especially
formulated for I-Line connections and contributes to the overall performance of the connection.
If the joint compound is removed, it must be reapplied. A two-ounce container of the compound
(Cat. No. PJC7201) is available.

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms
Door-mounted operating mechanisms are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. The Type L
door-mounted variable-depth operating mechanism feature heavy-duty, all-metal constructions. They
can be padlocked in the OFF position when the enclosure door is open. Handle assemblies can be
locked OFF with up to three padlocks, which also locks the door closed. Complete kits include a
handle assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly, and are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R and
12 enclosures. A door drilling template is supplied for ease of installation.
Table 90:
Operating
Mechanism

Handle
Assembly

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

Description

Description

Circuit Breaker Mechanism

Type L

Handle Assembly2

Replacement Parts

Handle Assembly1

Shaft Mounting Depth Cat. No.

Painted, 8 inch

7.2–11.625 in.
(182–295 mm)

LW1

Painted, 8 inch

7.2–22.25 in.
(182–565 mm)

LW4

Type 3, 4

Painted, 8 inch
Chrome Plated, 8 inch

7.2–11.625 in.
(182–295 mm)

LHP48

Type 3, 4, 4X
Handle Assembly

Painted, 8 inch

—

LHP8

Operating Mechanism

—

—

LW7

Standard Shaft

—

7.2–11.625 in.
(182–295 mm)

LS8

Long Shaft

—

7.2–22.25 in.
(182–565 mm)

LS10

1

Painted handles are painted flat black, with the base ring silver.

2

Due to gasketing, NEMA 3 and 4 handle assemblies are NOT trip indicating.

LCP48

Handle Extension
Handle extensions are available for M- and P-frame circuit breakers. Order catalog number 33195.

88
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Rotary Operating Handles
P-frame and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers are available with standard black directly-mounted
(IP-40) or door-mounted / telescopic door-mounted (IP-55) rotary handles. The rotary handles are
factory-installed and available with two early-break or two early-make contacts.
Table 91:

Rotary Operated Handles
Device

Switches

Direct Mounted, Standard Black Handle

Door Mounted, Standard Black Handle

—

Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
RD10

Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches

RD16

—

RE10

Two Early-Break and Two Early-Make Switches

RE16

Rotary Handle Replacement Kit

—

S33875

Replacement Handles
Replacement handle assemblies are available for R-frame and NS1600b–NS3200 circuit breakers.
Replacement toggle handle extensions, including an optional longer handle extension, are available
for M-frame, P-frame, and NS630b–NS1600 circuit breakers.
Table 92:

Replacement Handles for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description

Frame

Field-Installed Cat. No.

Standard

R-Frame

S33997

Standard Short

M-, P-Frame

S46998

Long

M-, P-Frame

S46996

Door Escutcheons
Accessory cover door escutcheons are available for all M-frame, P-frame, R-frame and NS630b–
NS3200 circuit breakers. Toggle door escutcheons are also available for fixed-mounted, P-frame,
manually-operated circuit breakers.
Table 93:

Door Escutcheons for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description

Frame

Field-Installed Cat. No.

M-, P-Frame

S33718

R-Frame

S33929

Toggle Handle

M-, P-Frame

S33717

Drawout

P-Frame

S33857

Accessory Cover

Locking Accessories
Field-installable handle padlock attachments are available for manually-operated circuit breakers. These
attachments will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and will
lock the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position only.
A handle padlock attachment is also available for locking manually-operated circuit breakers in either
the I/ON or O/OFF position. This attachment will accommodate three padlocks with a shackle diameter
of 3/16–5/16 in. (5–8 mm) and is available as factory or field installation.
Kirk® key interlock brackets are also available for locking circuit breakers in the O/OFF position only.
Not available for drawout P-frame or NS630b–NS1600.
Circuit breakers with rotary handles come standard with provision for padlocking the handle in the O/OFF
position only. Key locks are also available for locking the circuit breaker in the I/ON or O/OFF positions.
A keylock or padlock provision for padlocking the circuit breaker in the O/OFF position is optional on
electrically-operated P-frame and NS-630b–NS1600 circuit breakers.
89
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 8—Accessories
Table 94:

Locks and Interlocking
M- and P-Frame

Device

Handle
Padlocking
Device
Interlocking
(Not UL listed)

Field-Installed
Cat. No.

Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installed
Cat. No.

Removable (Lock Off or On)

—

—

—

—

Removable (Lock Off Only)

—

S44936

—

S33996

Fixed (Lock Off or On)

YP

S32631

YP

S32631

Fixed (Lock Off Only)

YQ

MPRPAF

YQ

MPRPAF

Mechanical for Circuit Breakers with Rotary Handles

—

S338901

—

—

Provision Only, Vertical Mount,
1 key interlock including padlock
provision, open position only

JE1

—

JE1

—

Kirk

Provision Only, Vertical Mount, 1 or
Kirk
2 Locks

JA

—

—

—

Provision Only, Horizontal Mount

Kirk

JK

—

JK

—

1 Lock, M- and P-Frame

Ronis

JB

—

JB

—

1 or 2 Locks, R-Frame

Profalux

JD

—

JD

—

Provision and 1 Lock, Vertical
Mount

Kirk

JG

—

—

—

Kirk

JL

—

JL

—

Ronis

JC

—

JC

—

Profalux

JF

—

JF

—

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike,
Kirk
Vertical Mount

JN

—

—

—

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed Alike,
Kirk
Horizontal Mount

—

—

JN

—

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed
Differently, Vertical Mount

Kirk

JP

—

—

—

Provision and 2 Locks Keyed
Differently, Horizontal Mount

Kirk

—

—

JP

—

Key Locking
Provision and 1 Lock, Horizontal
Mount

1

Factory-Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Description

R-Frame

Not available on M-frame, motor-operated P-frame, or I-Line circuit breakers.

Sub-Feed Lugs
Sub-feed lug kits are UL Listed for use on Listed equipment. They have plug-on jaw construction and
plug on to the I-Line™ bus stack in the same manner as branch circuit breakers. Lugs on these devices
accommodate the same wire sizes as the equivalent ampere rated circuit breakers.
Table 95:
Plug-On Lug
Kit Cat. No.

I-Line Sub-Feed Lug Kit Terminations
Poles

Mounting Ampere
Height
Rating

Lug
Catalog No.

Wire Size

Conductors Per Lug
3

SL800M5

3

800 A

—

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

SL1200P5

3

1200 A

—

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

4

SL1200P6

3

1200 A

—

350–600 kcmil
(185–300 mm2)

3

SL1200P7

3

1200 A

—

3/0 AWG–750 kcmil
(95–400 mm2)

2

S33931

3

9 in.

1200 A

AL1200P24K

3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(95–240 mm2)

4

S33930

3

15 in.

1200 A

AL1200R53K

3/0 AWG–600 kcmil
(95–300 mm2)

4

90
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories
Circuit Breaker and Cradle Design
A
06123146

D
E

B

B

F
G
H

Drawout Circuit Breaker
A—Terminal Cover
B—Lifting Tabs
C—Extension Rail Handle
D—Padlock Provision
E—Position Indicator
F—Crank Insertion Opening
G—Stop Release Button
H—Crank Storage Space

C
Cradle

NOTE: See page 19 for cradle catalog numbers.

Drawout Mechanism
The drawout assembly mechanism allows the circuit breaker to be racked in four positions (connected,
test, disconnected, or withdrawn), as shown in the figure below.
Connected Position

Secondary Contacts

Disconnected Position

Test Position

Withdrawn Position

Clusters (UL)
Stabs (UL)

NOTE: For UL/CSA Listed devices, the clusters are mounted on the circuit breaker and the stabs are on the cradle.
For IEC devices, the clusters are mounted on the cradle and the stabs are mounted on the circuit breaker.

91
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories
Connectors
Table 96:

Available Connectors

Front-Connected Flat (FCF)

Rear-Connected “T” Vertical
(RCTV)

Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal
(RCTH)

Cradle Accessories
Cradle Position Switches
Three optional cradle position switches are available for the cradle:

•
•

Cradle position switches (CE) to indicate the connected position.

•

Cradle position switches (CT) to indicate the test position. In this position, the power circuits are
disconnected and the auxiliary circuits are connected.

Cradle position switches (CD) to indicate the disconnected position. This position is indicated when
the required clearance for isolation of the power and auxiliary circuits is reached.

Table 97:

Cradle Position Switches

Switch Type

CE

CD

CT

Maximum Push-In Switches

3

2

1

Breaking Capacity at a
Power Factor (pf) of 0.3

1

Cat. No.

CE

CD

CT

3

2

1

Standard: 10 mA/24 V Min. Load

Low-Level: 1 mA/4 V Min. Load1

240 Vac

8A

24-48 Vac

5A

380 Vac

8A

240 Vac

5A

480 Vac

8A

380 Vac

5A

600-690 Vac

6A

24-48 Vdc

2.5 A

S33170

24-48 Vdc

2.5 A

125 Vdc

0.8 A

125 Vdc

0.8 A

250 Vdc

0.3 A

250 Vdc

0.3 A

Cat. No.

S33171

If the maximum voltage and current is exceeded, the low-level function of the switch will be lost but the switch will continue to
function as a standard switch with standard switch specifications.

92
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories
Modbus® Cradle Communication Module (CCM)

9

10 11 12

Out -

In -

In +

Out +

Out -

Out +

In +

Fault

In -

Shield

CCM Modbus
S48377

Comm.

The Cradle Communication Module (catalog number S33852) makes it possible to address the cradle
and to maintain the address when the circuit breaker or the BCM is replaced. Cradle position switches
connected to the module determine and communicate the position of the circuit breaker in the cradle.
Power requirements: 30 mA, 24 Vdc.
NOTE: The power supply for the circuit breaker communication module must be separate and isolated
from the power supply for the trip unit.
Table 98:

Cradle Communication Module Characteristics
ID Code, Address

Address Sync.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Circuit Breaker
Identification

Size, Rating, Performance
Type of Trip Unit
Type of Long-Time Rating Plug
On/Off Indication

Status Indication

Connected/Disconnected/Test Position
Fault Trip
Opening/Closing

Trip Unit
Controls

Settings

A

P

H

Reading of Settings on Rotary Switches

X

X

X

Fine Settings in the Range Imposed by the Rotary Switches

X

X

Setting of Protection and Alarms

X

X

Customized Alarm Programming
Reading of Protection and Alarms

X
Standard

X

X

Set

X

X

X

X

X

X

Customized
Current

Operating and
Maintenance Aids

Reading of Measurements

Power quality: Fundamentals and harmonics

X

Waveform Capture
Histories
Indicators

1

Voltages, frequency, power, etc.

X
X

X
History of trips and alarms1

X

X

X

X

Log of trips and alarms
Contact wear, counters, etc.
Maintenance record

X
X

Up to ten trips and ten alarms.

93
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

Cradle Locking and Interlocking
Disconnected Position Locking
The circuit breaker can be locked in the disconnected position by key interlock (optional, catalog
number S33772 ) or padlock (standard). The key interlock is on the cradle and accessible with the door
locked.
Kirk key interlocks are available for UL/CSA circuit breakers. Key is captive when circuit breaker is
closed.

•

Locking in all positions (disconnected, test, and connected) is possible. Factory standard setting is
locking in disconnected position.

RONIS

•

RONIS

Door Interlock
The door interlock (catalog number S33786) prevents the compartment door from being opened when
the circuit breaker is in the connected or test position. If the circuit breaker is put into the connected
position with the door open, the door can be closed without disconnecting the circuit breaker. For
greater protection, this interlock can be used in conjunction with the open door racking interlock.
OOFF

push

O OFF

Open Door Racking Interlock
The racking interlock (catalog number S33788 ) prevents racking in the circuit breaker when the door is
open. (Insertion of the circuit breaker racking crank is not possible when the compartment door is
open.)

Cradle Rejection Kits
The cradle rejection feature (optional, catalog number S33767 ) ensures that only the properly
designated circuit breaker or switch is matched with the selected cradle assembly.

Miscellaneous Accessories
Shutter and Shutter Lock
The shutters automatically block access to the main disconnects when the circuit breaker is in the
disconnected, test, or fully withdrawn position. The shutter lock is used to prevent connection of the
circuit breaker or to lock the shutters in the closed position.
The optional shutter assembly (catalog number

S48933 )

consists of shutter and padlock provision.

Door Escutcheon (CDP)
The door escutcheon (catalog number

S33857 )

provides a frame and seal for the circuit breaker.

Transparent Cover for Door Escutcheon (CCP) (P-Frame Only)
The door escutcheon cover (catalog number S33859) is hinge-mounted and is designed to be installed
on the door escutcheon for the P-frame drawout circuit breaker.
94
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories

Wiring Diagrams
Figure 7:

Terminal Layout for Push-In Connector Installation
CD2
824
822
821

CD1
814
812
811

Com UC1 UC2
E5 E6 Z5 M1 M2 M3
E3 E4 Z3 Z4 T3 T4
E1 E2 Z1 Z2 T1 T2

UC3
F2+
VN
F1-

UC4
V3
V2
V1

M6C CAF2 CAF1 SDE MN/MX SD CAO2 CAO1
84 D2/C12 94 524
514
Q3
544
534
512
82
92 522
542
532
Q2
C13
81 D1/C11 91 521
511
Q1
541
531

OF3 OF2 OF1
34
24
14
32
22 12
31
21
11
CE3
334
332
331

CE2
324
322
321

CE1
314
312
311

CT1
914
912
911

Connector

Recommended Wire Size

E1–E2

22 AWG (0.3 mm2) MIN shielded pair
cable or twisted pair copper wires

2
pairs
E3–E6, Q1, Q2, Q3 22 AWG (0.3 mm ) shielded twisted
with drain (Belden 8723 or equal)3

Function Connector Description
Auxiliary
Contacts
Rotary
Handle
Contacts

Cradle
Contacts

Remote
Operation

OF

Open/Closed circuit breaker or switch
position contacts

Z1–Z5

22 AWG (0.3 mm2)

V1, V2, V3, Vn

22–16 AWG (0.3–1.5 mm2)

T

22 AWG (0.3 mm2) stranded shielded cable

OF, SD, SDE

18–16 AWG (0.8–1.5 mm2)

MN, MX

18–14 AWG (0.8–2.5 mm2)

F

Size per aux 24 Vdc power supply

Trip Unit Type
Basic A P H Connector Description
—

X

X

X

Com: E1-E6 Communication

—

X

X

X

UC1: Z

CAO

Early break contact

CAF

Early make contact

Z1 = ZSI OUT signal

CD

Disconnected position contacts

Z2 = ZSI OUT

CE

Connected position contacts

Z3 = ZSI IN signal

CT

Test position contacts

Z4 = ZSI IN short time

SDE

Electrical fault alarm contact

Z5 = ZSI IN ground fault

SD

Alarm contact

—

X

X

X

UC1: M1

Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

MN

Undervoltage trip device

—

X

X

X

UC2: T

External neutral

MX1

Shunt trip

—

X

X

X

UC2: M

Modified differential ground fault (MDGF)

—

X

X

X

UC3: F

24 Vdc external power supply (F1 -, F2 +)

—

— X

X

UC3: Vn

External neutral plug

—

— X

X

UC4

External phase voltage sensing

—

— X

X

M6C

Six programmable contacts

1 When

networked MXF coils are used, terminal C3 must be connected
to line even if the communication module is not installed.

Zone-selective Interlocking

95
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 9—P-Frame Cradles and Cradle Accessories
Wiring Diagrams for Auxiliary Connections
Remote Operation

Trip Unit
914

Z3
Z4 Z5
Z1
Z3

812

314

Downstream

M1
M2
M3
T1
T2
T3
T4
F1F2+

B

T1
T2
T3
T4

D

24 V

MN

OF
Microswitches
connected to SDE
BCM
SD

C13

C12

D2
Shield
Out Out +
In In +

MX

or

C11

*

+24 Vdc
+24 Vdc
Common
Common

D1

Trip Unit

311

CT
CD
CE
Cradle
Communication
Module (CCM)

Previous Circuit Breaker

Q1
Q2
Q3

* *

811

911

CE1

MODBUS

VN
V1
V2
V3
Z1
Z2
Z3
Z4
Z5

M6C

A

C

CD1

CT1

24 Vdc
Common
Out Out +
In In +

Upstream

N A B C

E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E6

Power

Next Circuit Breaker

Figure 8:

Circuit Breaker
Communications
Module (BCM)
NOTE: All diagrams show circuit breaker in tripped position.

A–Do not remove factory-installed jumpers between Z3, Z4 and Z5 unless ZSI is connected.
B–Do not remove factory-installed jumper between T1 and T2 unless neutral CT is connected. Do not install jumper between T3 and T4.
C–For proper wiring of neutral CT, refer to Instruction Bulletin 48041-082-01 shipped with it.
D–24 Vdc power supply for trip unit must be separate and isolated from 24 Vdc power supply for communication modules.
E–For proper wiring of the FDM, refer to user guide 5100512864A-02.

CE3 CE2 CE1

912 Test
Position

CT1

911

811

821

511

521

531

541

91

81

11

21

CD2 CD1

31

914

822
824
Disconnected
812
814

CAO1

311

CAO2

512
514

522
524

532
534

CAF1

321

CAF2

Open

Closed
542
544

Fault

SD

331

SDE

92
94

82
84

Fault

Closed

Open

32
34
22
24
12
14

OF3 OF2 OF1

332
Connected
334
322
324
312
314

Cell Switches

Auxiliary Contacts

96
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Dimensions for M-Frame Circuit Breakers
Figure 9:

M-Frame Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure Mounting Holes and
Door Cutouts

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

97
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 10:

M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker with Lugs on Both Ends

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

98
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 11:

M-Frame Individually-Mounted 3P 800 A Circuit Breaker without Lugs

Partial View B
(opposite side)

Partial View A
(opposite side)

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

99
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions for P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Circuit Breakers
Table 99:

Enclosure Dimensions
Circuit Breaker Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D)

Ventilation Area

in.

mm

Top

Circuit Breaker Rating
Bottom

≤ 800 A, 100% rated

51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75

1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9

–

–

–

≤ 1200 A, standard rated

51.9 x 20.25 x 7.75

1318.3 x 514.4 x 196.9

–

–

–

–

> 800 A, 100% rated

62.25 x 23 x 14.75

1581.2 x 584.2 x 374.7

16.5 in.2

10,645 mm2

16.5 in.2

10,645 mm2

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Circuit Breaker Enclosure
Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts

4.69
[119,0]

7.87
[200,0]

8.50
[216,0]

0.31
[8,0]

7.64
[194,0]

7.83
[199,0]
Handle Cutout

Accessory Cover Cutout

(Toggle Mech Only)

2.52
[64,0]

4X Ø 0.26
[6,5]

5.67
[144,0]

7.87
[200,0]

4X Ø 0.26
[6,5]

10.47
[266,0]

2.52
[64,0]

2.80
[71,0]

0.10
[2,5]

7.83
[199,0]

1.30
[33,0]

4X Ø 0.26
[6,5]

7.87
[200,0]

3.01
[76,5]

4X Ø 0.26
[6,5]

7.87
[200,0]

Figure 12:

–

7.83
[199,0]
9.61
[244,0]

4.76
[121,0]
7.83
[199,0]

0.89
[22,5]

1.54
[39,0]

Handle Escutcheon Cutout
(Toggle Mech Only)

Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

100
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

48096-320-01

Off
Tripped

7.40
[188,0]
2.56
[64,9]

2.50 2.49
12.86 [63,6] [63,3]
[326,6]

3.84
[97,6]
12.86
[326,6]

2.50 2.49
[63,6] [63,3]

48096-353-01

0.26
[6,5]
0.43
[11,0]

4.23
[107,5]

At Max

5.77
[146,5]

Off
Tripped

7.40
[188,0]
2.56
[64,9]

7.87
[200,0]

0.30
[7,5]
0.49
[12,5]

5°

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A
with Lugs on Both Ends

8.07
[205,0]

On

0.22
[5,5]

Top View

Back View

Figure 14:

4.45
[113,0]
25 °
28 °

3.92
[99,5]
7.83
[199,0]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
8.27
[210,0]

Side View

8.27
[210,0]

0.26
[6,5]
0.43
[11,0]

4.23
[107,5]

At Max

3.84
[97,6]

On

4.45
[113,0]
25°
28°
5°

0.30
[7,5]
0.49
[12,5]

8.07
[205,0]
5.77
[146,5]

8.27
[210,0]

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A
with Lugs on Both Ends

7.87
[200,0]

Figure 13:

2.76
[70,0]

2.76
2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
11.02
[280,0]

3.92
[99,5]
10.59
[269,0]

Back View

Top View

Side View

0.22
[5,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

101
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

8.27
[210,0]

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker > 800 A
with Lugs on Both Ends

48096-321-01

Figure 15:

4.45
[113,0]
25°

28°

On

7.40
[188,0]
2.56
[64,9]

Off
Tripped

5°

0.26
[6,5]
0.43
[11,0]

5.77
[146,5]
4.23
[107,5]

3.84
[97,6]
16.26
[413,0]

2.50
[63,6]

8.07
[205,0]

At Max

4.00
[101,5]

7.87
[200,0]

0.30
[7,5]
0.49
[12,5]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
8.27
[210,0]

4.19
[106,5]

3.92
[99,5]

7.83
[199,0]

Top View
Back View

Side View

0.30
[7,5]
0.49
[12,5]

4.45
[113,0]
28 °

On

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker > 800 A
with Lugs on Both Ends
48096-354-01

8.27
[210,0]

25 °

7.40
[188,0]
2.56
[64,9]

Off
Tripped

5°

At Max

2.50
[63,6]

4.19
[106,5]

0.26
[6,5]
0.43
[11,0]

8.07
[205,0]
5.77
[146,5]
4.23
[107,5]

3.84
[97,6]

4.00
[101,5]

16.26
[413,0]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

7.87
[200,0]

Figure 16:

0.22
[5,5]

2.76
[70,0]

2.76
2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
11.02
[280,0]

Back View
Side View

3.92
[99,5]
10.59
[269,0]

0.22
[5,5]

Top View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

102
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 17:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker without Lugs

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

103
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 18:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker without Lugs

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

104
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P
Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

8.27
[210,0]

7.40
[188,0]

2.66

0.43

[67,6]

[11,0]

6.91
[175,5]
4.23
[107,5]

7.17
[182,0]

0.30
[7,5]

7.87
[200,0]

2.30
[58,3]

48096-348-01

Figure 19:

2.49
[63,3]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]

12.86
[326,6]

3.92
[99,5]
7.83
[199,0]

8.27
[210,0]

Side View

Back View

Top View

in.
[mm]

Dimensions:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P
Circuit Breaker ≤ 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends
48096-356-01

Figure 20:

0.22
[5,5]

7.40

8.27
[210,0]
2.30
[58,3]

[188,0]

Side View

0.43
[11,0]

4.23
[107,5]

6.91
[175,5]

7.17
[182,0]
2.49
[63,3]
12.86
[326,6]

2.66
[67,6]

7.87
[200,0]

0.30
[7,5]

3.92
[99,5]

2.76 2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]

0.22
[5,5]

10.59
[269,0]

11.02
[280,0]

Top View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

105
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P
Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends
48096-249-01

Figure 21:

7.41
[188,0]

[210,0]

4.00

2.66
[67,6]

0.30

[101,5]

0.43
[11,0]

7.87
[200,0]

8.27

7.17
[182,0]
6.91
[175,5]
4.23
[107,5]

[7,5]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
8.27
[210,0]

4.19
[106,5]

16.26
[413,0]

3.92
[99,5]
7.83
[199,0]
Top View

7.41
[188,0]

8.27
[210,0]

4.00

48096-357-01

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P
Circuit Breaker > 800 A with Lugs on Both Ends

2.66
[67,6]

0.30

0.43
[11,0]

4.19
[106,5]

16.26
[413,0]

4.23
[107,5]

6.91
[175,5]

7.17
[182,0]

[7,5]

7.87
[200,0]

Figure 22:

[101,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

Back View

Side View

2.76 2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]
11.02
[280,0]

10.59
[269,0]

3.92
[99,5]

Top View
Side View

0.22
[5,5]

Back View

0.22
[5,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

106
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 23:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 3P
Circuit Breaker without Lugs

48096-352-1

1.73
[44,0]
0.37
[9,5]

.43
Ø0 1,0]
[1

0.67
[17,0]

0.21
[5,3]
0.41
[10,5]

7.87
[200,0]

0.72
[18,3]

10.16
[258,0]

0.36
[9,1]

1.14
[29,0]

0.59
[15,0]

1.40
[35,5]

0.98
[25,0]

3.92
[99,5]

A

7.83
[199,0]

Partial View A
(far side) scale1/1

Top View

7.40
[188,0]

8.27
[210,0]

2.66
[67,6]

4.23
[107,5]

7.17
[182,0]
12.86
[326,6]

6.91
[175,5]

0.30
[7,5]

2.30
[58,3]

0.22
[5,5]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
8.27
[210,0]

2.49
[63,3]

Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

107
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 24:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted Electrically-Operated 4P
Circuit Breaker without Lugs

48096-359-01

1.73
[44,0]
0.37
[9,5]

0.98
[25,0]

.43
Ø0 ,0]
[11

0.21
[5,3]
0.41
[10,5]
0.67
[17,0]

7.87
[200,0]

10.16
[258,0]

0.72
[18,3]

0.36
[9,1]

1.14
[29,0]

0.59
[15,0]

1.40
[35,5]

Top View

7.40
[188,0]
2.66
[67,6]

7.17
[182,0]

6.91
[175,5]
4.23
[107,5]

0.30
[7,5]

12.86
[326,6]

0.22
[5,5]

10.59
[269,0]

Partial View A
(far side) scale1/1

8.27
[210,0]
2.30
[58,3]

3.92
[99,5]

A

2.76
2.76
2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]
11.02
[280,0]

2.49
[63,3]

Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

108
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

48096-351-01

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 3P Circuit Breaker with
Rotary Handle
1.40
[35,5]

1.73
[44,0]
0.37
[9,5]

0.98
[25,0]

0.99
[25,1]

43
Ø0. ,0]
1
[ 1

0.67
[17,0]

0.21
[5,3]
0.41
[10,5]

0.59
[15,0]

0.72
[18,3]

1.14
[29,0]
0.36
[9,1]

1
Ø6.3 0,2]
[16

10.16
[258,0]
7.87
[200,0]
4.88
[124,1]

Figure 25:

Partial View A
(far side) scale 1/1

0.98
[25,0]

A

3.92
[99,5]
7.83
[199,0]
Top View

7.40
[188,0]
4.87
[123,6]

8.27
[210,0]
7.68
[195,0]
0.30
[7,5]

0.26
[6,5]

6.32
[160,5]
4.23
[107,5]

2.11
[53,5]

1.86
[47,2]

7.46
[189,5]

0.43
[11,0]
9.04
[229,5]

2.30
[58,3]

0.22
[5,5]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]

2.49
[63,3]
12.86
[326,6]

8.27
[210,0]

Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

109
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 Individually-Mounted 4P Circuit Breaker with
Rotary Handle
48096-358-01

Figure 26:

1.73
[44,0]
0.37
[9,5]

0.98
[25,0]

0.99
[25,1]

43
Ø0. 0]
,
[11
1
Ø6.3 0,2]
[16

0.67
[17,0]

0.21
[5,3]
0.41
[10,5]

0.59
[15,0]

Partial View A
(far side) scale 1/1

7.87
[200,0]
4.88
[124,1]

0.72
[18,3]

10.16
[258,0]

[9,1]

1.14
[29,0]
0.36

1.40
[35,5]

0.98
[25,0]

3.92
[99,5]
10.59
[269,0]
Top View

A

7.40
[188,0]
4.87
[123,6]

8.27
[210,0]
7.68
[195,0]
0.30
[7,5]

0.26
[6,5]

4.23
[107,5]

2.11
[53,5]

1.86
[47,2]

6.32
[160,5]

0.43
[11,0]
9.04
[229,5]
7.46
[189,5]

2.30
[58,3]

0.22
[5,5]

2.76
2.76
2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]

2.49
[63,3]
12.86
[326,6]

11.02
[280,0]

Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

Figure 27:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

110
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 28:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Door Cutout

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

Figure 29:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 3P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout

t

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

111
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 30:

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 4P Drawout Circuit Breaker Rear Cutout

t

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

Figure 31:

P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF)
Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

112
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 32:

P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Front-Connected Flat (FCF)
Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

113
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat
(FCF) Connectors
3.54 Y 3.54
[90,0]
[90,0]

0.98
[25,0]

48096-368-01

Figure 33:

3.94
[100,0]

Z

Ø0
[8, .33
5]

Top View

Z

.43
Ø0 1,0]
[1

13.23
[336,0]

6.89 Min
[175,0]
2.64
[67,0]

X

0.49
[12,5]

5.55
[141,0]

X

4.84
[123,0]

0.59
[15,0]

2.95
[75,0]
5.91
[150,0]

6.73
[171,0]

7.83
[199,0]

Y
6.34
5.04
[161,0]
[128,0]
2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]

9.09
[231,0]
9.25
[235,0]

0.98
[25,0]
1.73
[44,0]

0.87
[22,0]

Side View

Back View

1.79
[45,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

114
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Front-Connected Flat
(FCF) Connectors
3.54
[90,0]

Y

6.30
[160,0]

0.98
[25,0]

48096-371-01

Figure 34:

3.94
[100,0]

Z

Ø0
[8, .33
5]

Z

Top View
Y

13.23
[336,0]

X

4.84
[123,0]
5.51
[140,0]

X

2.64
[67,0]

0.59
[15,0]

2.95
[25,0]
5.91
[100,0]

7.83
[199,0]
6.73
[171,0]

2.76 2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]

6.89 Min
[175,0]

0.98
[25,0]
1.73
[44,0]
7.80
[198,0]

0.87
[22,0]
6.34
[161,0]

9.09
[231,0]
9.25
[235,0]

0.49
[12,5]

.43 ]
Ø011,0
[

Back View

Side View

1.79
[45,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

115
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 35:

P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical
(RCTV) Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

116
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 36:

P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Vertical
(RCTV) Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

117
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”
Vertical (RCTV) Connectors
3.54 Y 3.54
[90,0]
[90,0]

0.98
[25,0]

48096-366-01

Figure 37:

3.94
[100,0]

Z

Ø0
[8, .33
5]

0.59
[15,0]

Z

Top View

0.51
[13,0]

4.49
[114,0]
1.73
[44,0]

8.98
[228,0]

5.04
[128,0]

X

0.51
[13,0]

0.98
[25,0]

5.91
[150,0]

4.84
[123,0]

0.87
[22,0]

Ø
[110.43
,0]

6.34
[161,0]

2.64
[67,0]

1.97
[50,0]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]

9.09
[231,0]
10.55
[268,0]
Side View

Back View

6.89 Min
[175,0]

1.81
[46,0]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

118
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

3.54 Y
[90,0]

6.30
[160,0]

Z

0.98
[25,0]

NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”
Vertical (RCTV) Connectors

3.94
[100,0]

48096-369-01

Figure 38:

Ø0
[8, .33
5]

Z

0.59
[15,0]
Top View

Ø
0.4
3

1.93
[49,0]

,0]
[11

2.76 Y 2.76

2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]

6.89 Min
[175,0]
2.64
[67,0]

7.80
[198,0]

Back View

X

0.98
[25,0]

6.34
[161,0]

1.73
[44,0]

4.84
[123,0]

X

8.98
[228,0]
4.49
[114,0]

5.91
[150,0]

7.83
[199,0]

0.87
[22,0]

0.49
[12,5]

9.09
[231,0]
10.53
[267,0]
Side View

1.79
[45,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

119
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 39:

P-Frame Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal
(RCTH) Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

120
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 40:

P-Frame Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1200 A with Rear-Connected “T” Horizontal
(RCTH) Connectors

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

121
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 3P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”
Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors
3.54
[90,0]

3.54
[90,0]

0.98
[25,0]
Z

3.94
[100,0]

48096-367-01

Figure 41:

0.51
[13,0]

Ø0
.
[8,5 33
]

.43
Ø0 ,0]
0.87
1
1
[
[22,0]

0.98
[25,0]
1.73
[44,0]

Z

Top View

6.89 Min
[175,0]
2.64
[67,0]

2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0]
6.34
[161,0]

Y

X

4.49
[114,0]

4.84
[123,0]

X

8.98
[228,0]

2.95
[75,0]
5.91
[150,0]

7.83
[199,0]

0.59
[15,0]

1.93
[49,0]

9.09
[231,0]

5.04
[128,0]

1.79
[45,5]

10.55
[268,0]

Back View

Side View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

122
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS630b–NS1600 Drawout 4P Circuit Breaker ≤ 1600 A with Rear-Connected “T”
Horizontal (RCTH) Connectors
3.54
[90,0]

6.30
[160,0]

0.98
[25,0]

48096-370-01

Figure 42:

3.94
[100,0]

Z

0.49
[12,5]

Ø0
[8,5.33
]

0.87
[22,0]
Top View

0.98
[25,0]
1.73
[44,0]

Ø
[110.43
,0]

Z

1.93
[49,0]

6.34
[161,0]

7.80
[198,0]

X

4.49
[114,0]

8.98
[228,0]

2.95
[75,0]
5.91
[150,0]

7.83
[199,0]
4.84
[123,0]

X

9.09
[231,0]
10.53
[267,5]

Back View

Figure 43:

2.64
[67,0]

0.59
[15,0]

2.76 Y 2.76 2.76
[70,0] [70,0] [70,0]

6.89 Min
[175,0]

Side View

1.79
[45,5]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

P-Frame and NS630b–NS1600 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

123
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

Dimensions for R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Figure 44:

R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 3P Circuit Breaker

Minimum Enclosure Size
30 x 21 x 7
(762 x 533 x 178)

Minimum Ventilation
(100% Rated Circuit Breakers Only):
40.25 in.2 (250 cm2) on top and bottom of enclosure

"A"
0.50 in. [12.8 mm]
0.63 in. [16 mm]
0.79 in. [20 mm]
0.79 in. [20 mm]

See Table

Circuit Breaker
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

124
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
R-Frame Individually-Mounted UL Listed 4P Circuit Breaker
4.53
[115.0]

4.53
[115.0]

0.88
[22.2]

1.75
[44.5]
0.62
[15.7]

1.75
[44.5]

0.62
[15.8]

4.53
[115.0]

Circuit Breaker
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A

Ø0.43
[11,0]

5.91
[150,0]

15.00
[381.1]

4.55
[115.5]

48096-450-01

Figure 45:

"A"
0.50 in. [12.8 mm]
0.63 in. [16.0 mm]
0.79 in. [20.0 mm]
0.79 in. [20.0 mm]

57
Ø0. 5]
4.
[Ø1

0.49
[12,6]

25
˚

Of
f

At Max

.72
[18,3]

"A"

0.24
[6,0]

7.68
[195,0]

0.59
[15,0]

Top View

13.38
[339,8]
5.50
[139,6]

Han
R6.42 Fo dle
ld
[163,0] ed

0.27
[6,9]
0.43
[11,0]

Handle
8.75 Folded
[222,3]
6.63
[168,5]
5.19
[131,8]

n
28˚ O

9.
[24 79
8,8
]

4.70
[119,3]

4˚ Trippe
d

1.18
[30,0]
0.30
[7,5]

19.88
[505,0]

At Max

See Table

8.27
[210,0]
4.45
[113,0]

Handle
14.49 Extended
[368,0]

2.99
[76.0]

1.52
[38,6]
Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

125
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings

0.59
[15,0]

NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated, 3P Circuit Breaker
0.98
[25,0]

1.97
[50,0]

2.99
[76,0]

0.51
[13,0]

2.95
[75,0]

48096-209-01

Figure 46:

11.81
[300,0]

5.91
[150,0]

Ø0
.
[11 43
,0]

9
Ø0.4
]
[12,5

4.53
[115,0]

4.53
[115,0]

15.35
[390,0]

0.59
[15,0]

7.68
[195,0]

Top View

5.50
[139,6]

R 6.4 Handle
2
[163,0 Folded
]

0.27
[6,9]

At Max

0.43
[11,0]

5.19
[131,8]

9
[24 .79
8,8
]

Of
f

0.79
[20,0]

0.72
[18,3]

4.70
[119,3]

0.24
[6,0]

At Max

6.63
[168,5]

25
°

13.38
[339,8]

Handle
14.49 Extended
[368,0]
Handle
8.75 Folded
[222,3]

1.18
[30,0]
0.30
[7,5]

8.27
[210,0]
4.45
0.49
[113,0]
[12,6]
4° Tripp
ed
n
O
°
28

1.52
[38,6]
Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

126
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS1600b–NS3200 Individually-Mounted IEC Rated 4P Circuit Breaker
1.97
[50,0]
0.98
[25,0]

2.99
[76,0]

0.51
[13,0]

Ø0.43
[11,0]

5.91
[150,0]

11.81
[300,0]

2.95
[75,0]

0.59
[15,0]

48096-245-01

Figure 47:

4.53
[115,0]

4.53
[115,0]

0.49
[12,6]

At Max

4° Trippe
d

25
°

Off

At Max

9.
[24 79
8,8
]

1.18
[30,0]
0.30
[7,5]

n
28° O

4.70
[119,3]
.72
[18,3]

0.79
[20,0]

0.24
[6,0]

Ø0.49
[12,5]

0.59
[15,0]

Top View

13.38
[339,8]
5.50
[139,6]

Han
R6.42 Fo dle
ld
[163,0] ed

0.27
[6,9]
0.43
[11,0]

Handle
8.75 Folded
[222,3]
6.63
[168,5]
5.19
[131,8]

8.27
[210,0]
4.45
[113,0]

Handle
14.49 Extended
[368,0]

19.88
[505,0]

4.53
[115,0]
7.68
[195,0]

1.52
[38,6]
Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

127
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 48:

R-Frame RLTB 3P Terminal Pad (UL)

0.62
[15,9]

5.91
[150,0]

4.55
[115,5]

15.35
[390,0]

4.53
[115,0]

2.11
[53,6]

9.40
[238,9]

0.79
[20,0]

18.16
[461,2]

Top View

2.50
[63,5]
5.00
[127,0]
7.05
[178,9]

3.50
[88,9]

4.53
[115,0]

3.50
[88,9]

4.53
[115,0]

3.50
[88,9]

0.72
[18,3]

20.99
[533,2]

Side View

Back View

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

128
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 49:

R-Frame RL3TB 3P Terminal Pad (UL)

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

129
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 50:

R-Frame RLTB 4P Terminal Pad (UL)

0.62
[15,9]

5.91
[150,0]

4.55
[115,5]

19.88
[505,0]

4.53
[115,0]

2.11
[53,6]

9.40
[238,9]

0.79
[20,0]

18.16
[461,2]

Top View

2.50
[63,5]
5.00
[127,0]
7.05
[178,9]

3.50
[88,9]

4.53
[115,0]

3.50
[88,9]

Side View

4.53
[115,0]
29.02
[737,1]

3.50
[88,9]

Back View

4.53
[115,0]

3.50
[88,9]

0.72
[18,3]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

130
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 51:

R-Frame RL3TB 4P Terminal Pad (UL)

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

131
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
NS1600b–NS3200 RLTBE Terminal Pad (IEC)
19.88 4 Pole
[505,0]
15.35 3 Pole
[390,0]
0.98
[25,0]

1.97
[50,0]
0.51
[13,0]

5.91
[150,0]

2.95
[75,0]

0.59
[15,0]

Figure 52:

1.38

3.15
[80,0]

2.17
[55,0]

Top View

1.05
[26,7]

0.72
[18,3]

10.39
[264,0]

[35,0]

4.92
[125,0]

M 10

2.46
[62,5]

Side View

2.95
[75,0]
3.94
[100,0]

0.49
[12,5]
0.98
[25,0]
1.97
[50,0]

4.53
[115,0]
0.39 TYP
[10,0]

6.10
[155,0]

0.39 TYP
[10,0]
Back View

4.53
[115,0]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

132
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 Enclosure Mounting Holes and Door Cutouts

15.35 3-pole
[390,0]
19.88 4-pole
[505,0]

1.30
[33,0]

13.62
[346,0]

15.35 3-pole
[390,0]
19.88 4-pole
[505,0]

4x Ø0.43
[11,0]

4.69
[119,0]

5.91
[150,0]
8.50
[216,0]

4x Ø0.43
[11,0]

5.91
[150,0]

Figure 53:

0.87
[22,0]

Accessory Cover Cutout

0.80
[20,4]

15.35 3-pole
[390,0]

2.30
[58,5]

Handle Cutout

0.14
[3,5]

15.63
[397,0]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

Accessory Cover Escutcheon Cutout

Figure 54:

4.80
[122,0]

10.51
[267,0]

5.91
[150,0]

4x Ø0.43
[11,0]

5.75
[146,0]

R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 100–1600 A External Neutral Current Transformers

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

133
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 10—Dimensional Drawings
Figure 55:

R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2000 A External Neutral Current Transformers

Dimensions:

Figure 56:

in.
[mm]

R-Frame and NS1600b–NS3200 2500–3200 A External Neutral Current
Transformers

0.56
[14]

Dimensions: in.
[mm]

134
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves

Section 11—Trip Curves
Basic Electronic Trip Unit ET 1.0I, M-Frame 800 A Characteristic Trip Curve
ELECTRONIC TRIP 1.0
10000

80

9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000

1000

900
800

900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100

100

90
80

90
80

70

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

15

15

10

10

9
8

9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5X

TIME IN SECONDS

90
100

50

60

70

40

30

20

15

8

9
10

5

6

7

3

4

2

1.5

.9
1

.8

.5

.6

.7

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

4

4

3

CHARACTERISTIC TRIP CURVE NO. 613-14

Long-Time Pickup and Delay
Instantaneous Pickup and Delay
2x – 10x
The time-current curve information is
to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
ambient temperature.

Notes:
1. There is a memory effect that can act to
shorten the long-time delay. The memory
effect comes into play if a current above the
long-time delay pickup value exists for a
time and then is cleared by the tripping
of a downstream device or the circuit
breaker itself.
A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time
than normal.
The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has
elapsed since the previous overload.
Approximately 20 minutes is required
between overloads to completely
reset memory.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction
of the current.

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

Instantaneous
Pickup
x In

1
.9

1
.9

.8

.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

.3

.3

10 x

8x

6x

4x

.1
.09
.08

3x

.2

.15

2x

.2

.15

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

70

80

90
100

60

50

40

30

20

15

8

7

9
10

5

6

3

.005

4

.006

.005

2

.007

.006
1.5

.01
.009
.008

.007

.9
1

.01
.009
.008

.8

.015

.5

.015

.6

.03

.02

.7

.03

.02

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

135
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I P- and R-Frame Characteristic Trip Curve

10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000
6000

6000

LONG-TIME
PICKUP

5000

Long-Time Pickup and Fixed Delay
Instantaneous Pickup 1.5 x to 12 x

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100
90
80

100
90
80

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-12
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Instantaneous override values are
given on page 146.
Notes:

LONG-TIME
DELAY

70
60

70
60

50

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8
7

7

TIME IN SECONDS

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0I

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

6

6

5x

5

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately 20
minutes is required between over.oads to
completely reset thermal-imaging.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of current.

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

INSTANTANEOUS
PICKUP
x In

10 x

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4
.3

.3

1.5 x

2x

3x 4x

6x 8x

12 x

.2

.2

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

136
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 2.0A NS630b–NS3200 Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve
80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

Long-Time Pickup and Delay
Short-Time Pickup with No Delay

4000

4000

LONG-TIME PICKUP
x In = Ir

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800
700

700

600

600

24
16

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100
90
80

100
90
80

20

70

70

12

60

60

8

50

50

4

40

40

2

30

30

1
.5

20

20

24

15

15

16
10
9
8

10
9
8

LONG-TIME
DELAY BANDS
SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

7

TIME IN SECONDS

Micrologic 2.0A Trip Unit

6

7
6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-9
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:
1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can
act to shorten the long-time delay. The
thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a
current above the long-time delay pickup
value exists for a time and then is cleared by
the tripping of a downstream device or the
circuit breaker itself. A subsequent overload
will cause the circuit breaker to trip in a
shorter time than normal. The amount of
time delay reduction is inverse to the amount
of time that has elapsed since the previous
overload. Approximately twenty minutes is
required between overloads to completely
reset thermal-imaging.
2. The end of the curve is determined by the
short-time setting.
3. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of
current.
4. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

1.5

8
1
.9
.8

SHORT-TIME
PICKUP
x Ir

.7

1
.9
.8

10

6
1.5

2 2.5

.7

.6

.6

4

.5

.5

3

.4

5

.4

.3

.3

.2

.2

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir
(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0009
Drawing No. B48095-613-09

137
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve
Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000
5000

5000

LONG-TIME PICKUP
x In = Ir

4000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500
400

400

24

300

16
200

200

150

150

100
90
80

100
90
80

70

70
60

60

50

50

LONG-TIME DELAY
SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

40
30

40
30

20
12

20

20

8
4

15

15

2

TIME IN SECONDS

24

1

10
9
8

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-6

4000

3000

300

Long-Time Pickup and Delay

10
9
8

16

.5

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

.3

.3

.2

.2

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:
1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can
act to shorten the long-time delay. The
thermal-imaging effect comes into play if a
current above the long-time delay pickup
value exists for a time and then is cleared
by the tripping of a downstream device or
the circuit breaker itself. A subsequent
overload will cause the circuit breaker to trip
in a shorter time than normal. The amount
of time delay reduction is inverse to the
amount of time that has elapsed since the
previous overload. Approximately twenty
minutes is required between overloads to
completely reset thermal-imaging.
2. The end of the curve is determined by the
instantaneous setting of the circuit breaker.
3. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of
current.
4. See trip curve 613-8 on page 139 for
instantaneous pickup trip curve.

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir
(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0006
Drawing No. B48095-613-06

138
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 3.0A P-Frame and R-Frame Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve
Micrologic 3.0A Trip Unit

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.7

.8
.9
1

.6

.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

INSTANTANEOUS
PICKUP
x In

100
90
80
70

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

TIME IN SECONDS

100
90
80

5x

30

10 x

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

.3

.3

.2

Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-8
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:
1. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of current.
3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve
shows maximum total clearing times. Actual
clearing times in this region can vary
depending on the circuit breaker mechanism
design and other factors. The actual clearing
time can be considerably faster than
indicated. Contact your local sales office for
additional information.
4. See trip curve 613-6 on page 138 for longtime pickup and delay trip curves.

.2

1.5 x

2x

3x 4x

6x 8x

12 x

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0008
Drawing No. B48095-613-08

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

139
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Unit Characteristic Trip Curve
Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.7

.8
.9
1

.6

.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000
5000

5000

Long-Time Pickup and Delay
Short-Time Pickup and I2t OFF
Delay

4000

4000

LONG-TIME PICKUP
x In = Ir

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800
700

700

600

600

24
16

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100
90
80

100
90
80

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-4
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:

20

70

70

12

60

60

8

50

50

4

40

40

2

30

30

1
.5

20

20

24

15

15

16
10
9
8

TIME IN SECONDS

10
9
8

LONG-TIME
DELAY BANDS
SECONDS AT 6 x Ir

7
6

7
6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2
1.5

1.5

8
1
.9
.8

SHORT-TIME
PICKUP
x Ir

.7

1.5

2 2.5

.6

1
.9
.8

SHORT-TIME
DELAY I2t OFF
(FIXED-TIME DELAY)
SECONDS AT 10 x Ir

10

6
4

.7
.6

.5

.5

3

.4

5

0.4 OFF

.3

.4

1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping
of a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction
is inverse to the amount of time that has
elapsed since the previous overload.
Approximately twenty minutes is required
between overloads to completely reset
thermal-imaging.
2. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, shorttime delay utilized, and no restraining signal,
the maximum unrestrained short-time delay
time band applies regardless of the setting.
4. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of the
current.
5. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous
can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on
page 142 for instantaneous trip curve. See
table on page 146 for instantaneous override
values.
6. Overload indicator illuminates at 100%.

.3

0.3 OFF
.2
.15

MAXIMUM
UNRESTRAINED
SHORT-TIME
DELAY

.2

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

.1
.09
.08

.15

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04
.03

.03

0
.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0004
Drawing No. B48095-613-04

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir
(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

140
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip
Curve
Micrologic 5.0/6.0 A/P/H Trip Units

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir (Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

SHORT-TIME
PICKUP
x Ir

100
90
80

1.5

70

2

2.5

6

100
90
80

8 10

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

4

5
30

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

0.4

5

5

ON

4
3

4
3

ON
0.2

2

2

ON
0.1

TIME IN SECONDS

3
30

1.5

1.5

0.3
ON

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

Short-Time Pickup and I2t ON Delay
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-5
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:
1. There is a thermal-imaging effect that can act
to shorten the long-time delay. The thermalimaging effect comes into play if a current
above the long-time delay pickup value exists
for a time and then is cleared by the tripping of
a downstream device or the circuit breaker
itself. A subsequent overload will cause the
circuit breaker to trip in a shorter time than
normal. The amount of time delay reduction is
inverse to the amount of time that has elapsed
since the previous overload. Approximately
twenty minutes is required between overloads
to completely reset thermal-imaging.
2. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
3. With zone-selective interlocking ON, shorttime delay utilized, and no restraining signal,
the maximum unrestrained short-time delay
time band applies regardless of the setting.
4. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of current.
5. For withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous
can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on
page 142 for instantaneous trip curve. See
table on page 146 for instantaneous override
values.
6. See Trip Curve 613-4 on page 140 for longtime pickup and delay trip curve.

.5

.5

0.4 ON

.4

SHORT-TIME
DELAY I2t ON
SECONDS AT 10 x Ir

.3

.3

0.3 ON
MAXIMUM
UNRESTRAINED
SHORT-TIME
DELAY

.2
.15

.4

.2

0.2 ON

0.1 ON

.1
.09
.08

.15

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

.007

.007

.006

.006
.005

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.005

Curve No. 0613TC0005
Drawing No. B48095-613-05

CURRENT IN MULTIPLES OF Ir
(Ir = LONG-TIME SETTING x In)

141
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 5.0/6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units Characteristic Trip
Curve

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

INSTANTANEOUS
PICKUP
x In

100
90
80

100
90
80

70

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

TIME IN SECONDS

Micrologic 5.0/6.0 Trip Units

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

30

10 x

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

.3

.3

Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 15X
and OFF
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-7
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Notes:
1. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of current.
3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve
shows maximum total clearing times. Actual
clearing times in this region can vary
depending on the circuit breaker mechanism
design and other factors. The actual clearing
time can be considerably faster than
indicated. Contact your local sales office for
additional information.
4. For a withstand circuit breaker, instantaneous
can be turned OFF. See trip curve 613-7 on
page 142 for the instantaneous trip curve. See
table on page 146 for the instantaneous
override values.
5. See trip curve 613-4 on page 140 and trip
curve 613-5 on page 141 for long-time pickup,
long-time delay, short-time pickup and shorttime delay trip curves.

.2

.2

2x

.15

3x 4x

6x 8x

12 x 15 x

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0007
Drawing No. B48095-613-07

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

142
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable
Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.08
.09
.1

.07

.06

.05

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

GROUND-FAULT
PICKUP
x In

150

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON
In ≤ 400 A
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-1
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.

150

100
90
80

100
90
80

70

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

30

0.3

0.5

0.7 0.9

20

20

15

15

0.4

10
9
8

TIME IN SECONDS

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units
with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup
and Delay

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

0.6 0.8 1.0
3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

0.4

1
.9
.8

DELAY
SECONDS AT 1 x In
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4

0.3

.6

ON

.7

1
.9
.8
.7
.6

ON

.3

0.4 OFF

O
0.1

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t ON

.4

.5

ON
0.2

.5

.3

N

0.3 OFF

MAXIMUM
UNRESTRAINED
GROUND-FAULT
DELAY

.2
.15

.4

.2

0.2 OFF

0.1 OFF

.1
.09
.08
.07

.15

.1
.09
.08
.07
.06

.06
.05

.05

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t OFF
(FIXED DELAY)

.04
.03

.04
.03

0
.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.08
.09
.1

.005
.07

.006

.005
.06

.007

.006

.05

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0001
Drawing No. B48095-613-01

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

143
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable
Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.08
.09
.1

.07

.06

.05

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

400 A < In ≤ 1200 A

2000

2000

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-2

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100
90
80
60

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON

The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.

100
90
80

GROUND-FAULT
PICKUP
x In

70

70
60

50

50

40

40

0.2

30

0.3

0.5

0.7 0.9

30

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

0.4

6

0.6

7

0.8 1.0

6
5

5

0.4

4

4

ON
3

3

0.2

2

2

ON

TIME IN SECONDS

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units
with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup
and Delay

10000
9000
8000

1.5

1.5

DELAY
SECONDS AT 1 x In
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4

1
.9
.8
.7
.6

1
.9
.8
.7
.6

.5

.5

0.3

.3

0.3 OFF

ON
0.1

.2

.4
.3

MAXIMUM
UNRESTRAINED
GROUND-FAULT
DELAY

.15

0.4 OFF

ON

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t ON

.4

.2

0.2 OFF
0.1 OFF

.1
.09
.08

.15

.1
.09
.08
.07

.07

.06

.06
.05

.05

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t OFF
(FIXED DELAY)

.04
.03

.04
.03

0
.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.08
.09
.1

.005
.07

.006

.005
.06

.007

.006
.05

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0002
Drawing No. B48095-613-02

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

144
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Micrologic 6.0 P-Frame, R-Frame and NS630b–NS3200 A/P/H Trip Units with Adjustable
Ground-fault Pickup and Delay Characteristic Trip Curve
8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.07

.08
.09
.1

.06

.05

AMPERES x 103
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

800 A

100
90
80
60

40

40

880 A

20
15

10
9
8

7

7

1040 A

10
9
8
6
5

720 A

6
5
4

3

3

2

2

1200 A

TIME IN SECONDS

15

500 A

1.5

1.5

DELAY
SECONDS AT 1 x In
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4

0.4

1
.9
.8

ON
0.2

1
.9
.8
.7
.6

ON

0.4 OFF

ON

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t ON

0.1

.3

.5

0.3

.5
.4

ON

0.3 OFF

MAXIMUM
UNRESTRAINED
GROUND-FAULT
DELAY

.2
.15

Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.

50

20

.6

The time-current curve information is
to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.

60

30

.7

Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-3

70

30

4

In > 1200 A

100
90
80

640 A

50

Ground Fault I2t OFF and ON

150

960 A

70

GROUND-FAULT
PICKUP
x In

1120 A

150

Micrologic 6.0 A/P/H Trip Units
with Adjustable Ground-Fault Pickup
and Delay

.4
.3

.2

0.2 OFF
0.1 OFF

.1
.09
.08

.15

.1
.09
.08
.07

.07

.06

.06
.05

.05

GROUND-FAULT
DELAY BANDS
I2t OFF
(FIXED DELAY)

.04
.03

.04
.03

0
.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

.4

.3

.2

.15

.08
.09
.1

.005

.07

.006

.005

.06

.007

.006

.05

.007

Curve No. 0613TC0003
Drawing No. B48095-613-03

AMPERES x 103

145
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Table 100:

Instantaneous Override Values Characteristic Trip Curve

UL/IEC Circuit Breaker

Instantaneous Override1
Instantaneous Override1
UL/IEC Circuit Breaker
(kA RMS)
(kA RMS)

RG 600

57 ± 10%

MG300

RG 800

57 ± 10%

MG350

12 ± 15%

RG 1000

57 ± 10%

MG400

12 ± 15%

RG 1200

57 ± 10%

MG450

12 ± 15%

RG 1600

57 ± 10%

MG500

12 ± 15%

RG 2000

57 ± 10%

MG600

12 ± 15%

RG 2500

57 ± 10%

MG700

12 ± 15%

RJ 600

48 ± 15%

MG800

12 ± 15%

RJ 800

48 ± 15%

MJ300

12 ± 15%

RJ 1000

48 ± 15%

MJ350

12 ± 15%

RJ 1200

48 ± 15%

MJ400

12 ± 15%

RJ 1600

48 ± 15%

MJ450

12 ± 15%

RJ 2000

48 ± 15%

MJ500

12 ± 15%

RJ 2500

48 ± 15%

MJ600

12 ± 15%

RK 600

57 ± 15%

MJ700

12 ± 15%

RK 800

57 ± 15%

MJ800

12 ± 15%

RK 1000

57 ± 15%

RK 1200

57 ± 15%

IEC Circuit Breaker

Instantaneous Override1
(kA RMS)

12 ± 15%

RK 1600

57 ± 15%

RK 2000

57 ± 15%

NS 630b H

24 ± 10%

RK 2500

57 ± 15%

NS 800 H

24 ± 10%

RL 600

48 ± 15%

NS 1000 H

24 ± 10%

RL 800

48 ± 15%

NS 1250 H

24 ± 10%

RL 1000

48 ± 15%

NS 1600 H

24 ± 10%

RL 1200

48 ± 15%

NS 1600b H

48 ± 15%

RL 1600

48 ± 15%

NS 2000 H

48 ± 15%

RL 2000

48 ± 15%

NS 2500 H

48 ± 15%

RL 2500

48 ± 15%

NS 3200 H

48 ± 15%

PG 250

24 ± 10%

NS 630b L

24 ± 10%

PG 400

24 ± 10%

NS 800 L

24 ± 10%

PG 600

24 ± 10%

NS 1000 L

24 ± 10%

PG 800

24 ± 10%

NS 630b N

24 ± 10%

PG 1000

24 ± 10%

NS 800 N

24 ± 10%

PG 1200

24 ± 10%

NS 1000 N

24 ± 10%

PJ 250

7 ± 10%

NS 1250 N

24 ± 10%

PJ 400

10 ± 10%

NS 1600 N

24 ± 10%

PJ 600

10 ± 10%

NS 1600b N

57 ± 10%

PJ 800

10 ± 10%

NS 2000 N

57 ± 10%

PJ 1000

10 ± 10%

NS 2500 N

57 ± 10%

PJ 1200

10 ± 10%

NS 3200 N

57 ± 10%

PK 250

24 ± 10%

PK 400

24 ± 10%

PK 600

24 ± 10%

PK 800

24 ± 10%

PK 1000

24 ± 10%

PK 1200

24 ± 10%

PL 250

7 ± 10%

PL 400

10 ± 10%

PL 600

10 ± 10%

PL 800

10 ± 10%

PL 1000

10 ± 10%

PL 1200

10 ± 10%

1

Faults at or above instantaneous override value will be cleared at 25 msec or less.

146
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, P-Frame 600 A MDP Characteristic Trip Curve
Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M, 600 A

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.7

.8
.9
1

.6

.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

100
90
80
70
60

8x

50

TIME IN SECONDS

100
90
80

INSTANTANEOUS
PICKUP
x In

70
60

13.5 x

50

40

40

30

30

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

Instantaneous Pickup, 2X to 16X
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-13
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Instantaneous override values are
given on page 146.
Notes:
1. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of
current.
3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve
shows maximum total clearing times. Actual
clearing times in this region can vary
depending on the circuit breaker mechanism
design and other factors. The actual clearing
time can be considerably faster than
indicated. Contact your local sales office for
additional information.

.3

.3

2.5 x
.2

4x

2x

5.5 x
6.5 x

10.5 x
.2

16 x

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

147
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Section 11—Trip Curves
Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M P-Frame 800–1200A MCP Characteristic Trip Curve
80
90
100

70

60

50

40

Basic Electronic Trip Unit 1.0M
30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.7

.6

.5

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)
10000
9000
8000

10000
9000
8000

7000

7000

6000

6000

5000

5000

4000

4000

3000

3000

2000

2000

1500

1500

1000
900
800

1000
900
800

700

700

600

600

500

500

400

400

300

300

200

200

150

150

INSTANTANEOUS
PICKUP
x In

100
90
80
70

70

60

60

50

50

40

40

30

TIME IN SECONDS

100
90
80

5x

30

10 x

20

20

15

15

10
9
8

10
9
8

7

7

6

6

5

5

4

4

3

3

2

2

1.5

1.5

1
.9
.8

1
.9
.8

.7

.7

.6

.6

.5

.5

.4

.4

.3

.3

.2

Instantaneous Pickup, 1.5X to 12X
Characteristic Trip Curve No. 613-11
The time-current curve information
is to be used for application and
coordination purposes only.
Curves apply from -30°C to +60°C
(-22°F to +140°F) ambient
temperature.
Instantaneous override values are
given on page 146.
Notes:
1. The end of the curve is determined by the
interrupting rating of the circuit breaker.
2. Total clearing times shown include the
response times of the trip unit, the circuit
breaker opening, and the extinction of current.
3. The instantaneous region of the trip curve
shows maximum total clearing times. Actual
clearing times in this region can vary
depending on the circuit breaker mechanism
design and other factors. The actual clearing
time can be considerably faster than
indicated. Contact your local sales office for
additional information.

.2

1.5 x

2x

3x 4x

6x 8x

12 x

.15

.15

.1
.09
.08

.1
.09
.08

.07

.07

.06

.06

.05

.05

.04

.04

.03

.03

.02

.02

1 CYCLE
.015

.015

.01
.009
.008

1

.01
.009
.008

2 CYCLE

80
90
100

70

60

50

40

30

20

15

8
9
10

7

6

5

4

3

2

1.5

.8
.9
1

.005

.7

.006

.005

.6

.007

.006

.5

.007

MULTIPLES OF SENSOR RATING (In)

148
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers

Section 12—Catalog Numbers
685823 ............................. 81
685824 ............................. 81
685825 ............................. 81
685826 ............................. 81
685827 ............................. 81
685829 ............................. 81
AL1200P24K .................... 86
AL1200P24K .................... 90
AL1200P25K .................... 86
AL1200P6KU ................... 86
AL1200P7KU ................... 86
AL1200R53K ................... 86
AL1200R53K ................... 90
AL2500RK ....................... 86
AL800M23K ..................... 86
AL800P6K ........................ 86
AL800P7K ........................ 86
CU1200P24K ................... 87
CU1200P25K ................... 87
CU1200R53K ................... 87
CU250P1K ....................... 87
CU800M23K .................... 87
CYA1200R5 ..................... 87
CYA1200R7 ..................... 87
CYA400P5 ....................... 87
CYA600P5 ....................... 87
CYA800R7 ....................... 87
LCP48 .............................. 88
LHP48 .............................. 88
LHP8 ................................ 88
LS10 ................................ 88
LS8 .................................. 88
LW1 ................................. 88
LW4 ................................. 88
LW7 ................................. 88
MGA263002 ..................... 39
MGA263502 ..................... 39
MGA264002 ..................... 39
MGA264502 ..................... 39
MGA265002 ..................... 39
MGA266002 ..................... 39
MGA267002 ..................... 39
MGA268002 ..................... 39
MGA36300 ....................... 39
MGA36350 ....................... 39
MGA36400 ....................... 39
MGA36450 ....................... 39
MGA36500 ....................... 39
MGA36600 ....................... 39
MGA36700 ....................... 39
MGA36800 ....................... 39
MGL26300 ....................... 39
MGL26350 ....................... 39
MGL26400 ....................... 39
MGL26450 ....................... 39
MGL26500 ....................... 39
MGL26600 ....................... 39
MGL26700 ....................... 39
MGL26800 ....................... 39
MGL36300 ....................... 39
MGL36350 ....................... 39
MGL36400 ....................... 39
MGL36450 ....................... 39
MGL36500 ....................... 39
MGL36600 ....................... 39
MGL36700 ....................... 39
MGL36800 ....................... 39
MICROTUSEAL ............... 76
MJA263002 ...................... 39
MJA263502 ...................... 39
MJA264002 ...................... 39
MJA264502 ...................... 39
MJA265002 ...................... 39
MJA266002 ...................... 39

MJA267002 ...................... 39
MJA268002 ...................... 39
MJA36300 ........................ 39
MJA36350 ........................ 39
MJA36400 ........................ 39
MJA36450 ........................ 39
MJA36500 ........................ 39
MJA36600 ........................ 39
MJA36700 ........................ 39
MJA36800 ........................ 39
MJL26300 ........................ 39
MJL26350 ........................ 39
MJL26400 ........................ 39
MJL26450 ........................ 39
MJL26500 ........................ 39
MJL26600 ........................ 39
MJL26700 ........................ 39
MJL26800 ........................ 39
MJL36300 ........................ 39
MJL36350 ........................ 39
MJL36400 ........................ 39
MJL36450 ........................ 39
MJL36500 ........................ 39
MJL36600 ........................ 39
MJL36700 ........................ 39
MJL36800 ........................ 39
MPRPAF .......................... 90
MPRPAF .......................... 90
NCTWIRING .................... 77
NPHFE36160U32R ......... 63
NPHFE36160U33R ......... 63
NPHFE36160U42R ......... 63
NPHFE36160U43R ......... 63
NPHFE36160U44R ......... 63
NPHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 63
NPHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 63
NPHFE36160U73RE1 ..... 63
NPHFE36160U74RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36063U32R .......... 63
NPHLE36063U33R .......... 63
NPHLE36063U42R .......... 63
NPHLE36063U43R .......... 63
NPHLE36063U44R .......... 63
NPHLE36063U63RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36063U64RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36063U73RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36063U74RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36080U32R .......... 63
NPHLE36080U33R .......... 63
NPHLE36080U42R .......... 63
NPHLE36080U43R .......... 63
NPHLE36080U44R .......... 63
NPHLE36080U63RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36080U64RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36080U73RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36080U74RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36100U32R .......... 63
NPHLE36100U33R .......... 63
NPHLE36100U42R .......... 63
NPHLE36100U43R .......... 63
NPHLE36100U44R .......... 63
NPHLE36100U63RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36100U64RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36100U73RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36100U74RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36125U32R .......... 63
NPHLE36125U42R .......... 63
NPHLE36125U43R .......... 63
NPHLE36125U44R .......... 63
NPHLE36125U63RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36125U64RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36125U73RE1 ..... 63
NPHLE36125U74RE1 ..... 63
NPLLE34063U32R .......... 63

NPLLE34063U33R .......... 63
NPLLE34063U42R .......... 63
NPLLE34063U43R .......... 63
NPLLE34063U44R .......... 63
NPLLE34063U63RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34063U64RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34063U73RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34063U74RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34080U32R .......... 63
NPLLE34080U33R .......... 63
NPLLE34080U42R .......... 63
NPLLE34080U43R .......... 63
NPLLE34080U44R .......... 63
NPLLE34080U63RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34080U64RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34080U73RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34080U74RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34100U32R .......... 63
NPLLE34100U33R .......... 63
NPLLE34100U42R .......... 63
NPLLE34100U43R .......... 63
NPLLE34100U44R .......... 63
NPLLE34100U63RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34100U64RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34100U73RE1 ...... 63
NPLLE34100U74RE1 ...... 63
NPNFE36160U32R ......... 63
NPNFE36160U33R ......... 63
NPNFE36160U42R ......... 63
NPNFE36160U43R ......... 63
NPNFE36160U44R ......... 63
NPNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 63
NPNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 63
NPNFE36160U73RE1 ..... 63
NPNFE36160U74RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36063U32R .......... 63
NPNLE36063U33R .......... 63
NPNLE36063U42R .......... 63
NPNLE36063U43R .......... 63
NPNLE36063U44R .......... 63
NPNLE36063U63RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36063U64RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36063U73RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36063U74RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36080U32R .......... 63
NPNLE36080U33R .......... 63
NPNLE36080U42R .......... 63
NPNLE36080U43R .......... 63
NPNLE36080U44R .......... 63
NPNLE36080U63RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36080U64RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36080U73RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36080U74RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36100U32R .......... 63
NPNLE36100U33R .......... 63
NPNLE36100U42R .......... 63
NPNLE36100U43R .......... 63
NPNLE36100U44R .......... 63
NPNLE36100U63RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36100U64RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36100U73RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36100U74RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36125U32R .......... 63
NPNLE36125U33R .......... 63
NPNLE36125U42R .......... 63
NPNLE36125U43R .......... 63
NPNLE36125U44R .......... 63
NPNLE36125U63RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36125U64RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36125U73RE1 ..... 63
NPNLE36125U74RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34063U32R .......... 63
NPRLE34063U33R .......... 63
NPRLE34063U42R .......... 63

NPRLE34063U43R .......... 63
NPRLE34063U44R .......... 63
NPRLE34063U63RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34063U64RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34063U73RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34063U74RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34080U32R .......... 63
NPRLE34080U33R .......... 63
NPRLE34080U42R .......... 63
NPRLE34080U43R .......... 63
NPRLE34080U44R .......... 63
NPRLE34080U63RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34080U64RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34080U73RE1 ..... 63
NPRLE34080U74RE1 ..... 63
NRHFE36160U32R ......... 67
NRHFE36160U33R ......... 67
NRHFE36160U42R ......... 67
NRHFE36160U43R ......... 67
NRHFE36160U44R ......... 67
NRHFE36160U63RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36160U64RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36200U32R ......... 67
NRHFE36200U33R ......... 67
NRHFE36200U42R ......... 67
NRHFE36200U43R ......... 67
NRHFE36200U44R ......... 67
NRHFE36200U63RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36200U64RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36250U32R ......... 67
NRHFE36250U33R ......... 67
NRHFE36250U42R ......... 67
NRHFE36250U43R ......... 67
NRHFE36250U63RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36250U64RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36320U32R ......... 67
NRHFE36320U33R ......... 67
NRHFE36320U42R ......... 67
NRHFE36320U43R ......... 67
NRHFE36320U44R ......... 67
NRHFE36320U63RE1 ..... 67
NRHFE36320U64RE1 ..... 67
NRHLFE36250U44R ....... 67
NRNFE36160U32R ......... 67
NRNFE36160U33R ......... 67
NRNFE36160U42R ......... 67
NRNFE36160U43R ......... 67
NRNFE36160U44R ......... 67
NRNFE36160U63RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36160U64RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36200U32R ......... 67
NRNFE36200U33R ......... 67
NRNFE36200U42R ......... 67
NRNFE36200U43R ......... 67
NRNFE36200U44R ......... 67
NRNFE36200U63RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36200U64RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36250U32R ......... 67
NRNFE36250U33R ......... 67
NRNFE36250U42R ......... 67
NRNFE36250U43R ......... 67
NRNFE36250U44R ......... 67
NRNFE36250U63RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36250U64RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36320U32R ......... 67
NRNFE36320U33R ......... 67
NRNFE36320U42R ......... 67
NRNFE36320U43R ......... 67
NRNFE36320U44R ......... 67
NRNFE36320U63RE1 ..... 67
NRNFE36320U64RE1 ..... 67
PDC12P4 ......................... 87
PDC12P44 ....................... 87
PDC6P20 ......................... 87

PDC6P204 ....................... 87
PGA36025CU31A ............ 45
PGA36025CU33A ............ 45
PGA36025CU41A ............ 45
PGA36025CU43A ............ 45
PGA36025CU44A ............ 45
PGA36025CU63AE1 ....... 45
PGA36025CU64AE1 ....... 45
PGA36025CU73AE1 ....... 45
PGA36025CU74AE1 ....... 45
PGA36025U31A .............. 44
PGA36025U33A .............. 44
PGA36025U41A .............. 44
PGA36025U43A .............. 44
PGA36025U44A .............. 44
PGA36025U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36025U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36025U73AE1 ........... 44
PGA36025U74AE1 ........... 44
PGA36040CU31A ............ 45
PGA36040CU33A ............ 45
PGA36040CU41A ............ 45
PGA36040CU43A ............ 45
PGA36040CU44A ............ 45
PGA36040CU63AE1 ....... 45
PGA36040CU64AE1 ....... 45
PGA36040CU73AE1 ....... 45
PGA36040CU74AE1 ....... 45
PGA36040U31A .............. 44
PGA36040U33A .............. 44
PGA36040U41A .............. 44
PGA36040U43A .............. 44
PGA36040U44A .............. 44
PGA36040U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36040U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36040U73AE1 ........... 44
PGA36040U74AE1 ........... 44
PGA36060 ....................... 44
PGA36060CU31A ............ 45
PGA36060CU33A ............ 45
PGA36060CU41A ............ 45
PGA36060CU43A ............ 45
PGA36060CU44A ............ 45
PGA36060CU63AE1 ....... 45
PGA36060CU64AE1 ....... 45
PGA36060CU73AE1 ....... 45
PGA36060CU74AE1 ....... 45
PGA36060U31A .............. 44
PGA36060U33A .............. 44
PGA36060U41A .............. 44
PGA36060U43A .............. 44
PGA36060U44A .............. 44
PGA36060U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36060U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36060U73AE1 ........... 44
PGA36060U74AE1 ........... 44
PGA36080 ....................... 44
PGA36080CU31A ............ 45
PGA36080CU33A ............ 45
PGA36080CU41A ............ 45
PGA36080CU43A ............ 45
PGA36080CU44A ............ 45
PGA36080CU63AE1 ....... 45
PGA36080CU64AE1 ....... 45
PGA36080CU73AE1 ....... 45
PGA36080CU74AE1 ....... 45
PGA36080U31A .............. 44
PGA36080U33A .............. 44
PGA36080U41A .............. 44
PGA36080U43A .............. 44
PGA36080U44A .............. 44
PGA36080U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36080U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36080U73AE1 ........... 44

149
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
PGA36080U74AE1 ........... 44
PGA36100 ....................... 44
PGA36100U31A .............. 44
PGA36100U33A .............. 44
PGA36100U41A .............. 44
PGA36100U43A .............. 44
PGA36100U44A .............. 44
PGA36100U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36100U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36100U73AE1 ........... 44
PGA36100U74AE1 ........... 44
PGA36120 ....................... 44
PGA36120U31A .............. 44
PGA36120U33A .............. 44
PGA36120U41A .............. 44
PGA36120U43A .............. 44
PGA36120U44A .............. 44
PGA36120U63AE1 ........... 44
PGA36120U64AE1 ........... 44
PGA36120U73AE1 ........... 44
PGA36120U74AE1 ........... 44
PGL36025CU31A ............ 43
PGL36025CU33A ............ 43
PGL36025CU41A ............ 43
PGL36025CU43A ............ 43
PGL36025CU44A ............ 43
PGL36025CU63AE1 ......... 43
PGL36025CU64AE1 ......... 43
PGL36025CU73AE1 ......... 43
PGL36025CU74AE1 ......... 43
PGL36025U31A ............... 42
PGL36025U33A ............... 42
PGL36025U41A ............... 42
PGL36025U43A ............... 42
PGL36025U44A ............... 42
PGL36025U63AE1 ............ 42
PGL36025U64AE1 ............ 42
PGL36025U73AE1 ............ 42
PGL36025U74AE1 ............ 42
PGL36040CU31A ............ 43
PGL36040CU33A ............ 43
PGL36040CU41A ............ 43
PGL36040CU43A ............ 43
PGL36040CU44A ............ 43
PGL36040CU63AE1 ......... 43
PGL36040CU64AE1 ......... 43
PGL36040CU73AE1 ......... 43
PGL36040CU74AE1 ......... 43
PGL36040U31A ............... 42
PGL36040U33A ............... 42
PGL36040U41A ............... 42
PGL36040U43A ............... 42
PGL36040U44A ............... 42
PGL36040U63AE1 ............ 42
PGL36040U64AE1 ............ 42
PGL36040U73AE1 ............ 42
PGL36040U74AE1 ............ 42
PGL36060 ....................... 42
PGL36060CU31A ............ 43
PGL36060CU33A ............ 43
PGL36060CU41A ............ 43
PGL36060CU43A ............ 43
PGL36060CU44A ............ 43
PGL36060CU63AE1 ......... 43
PGL36060CU64AE1 ......... 43
PGL36060CU73AE1 ......... 43
PGL36060CU74AE1 ......... 43
PGL36060U31A ............... 42
PGL36060U33A ............... 42
PGL36060U41A ............... 42
PGL36060U43A ............... 42
PGL36060U44A ............... 42
PGL36060U63AE1 ............ 42
PGL36060U64AE1 ............ 42
PGL36060U73AE1 ............ 42
PGL36060U74AE1 ............ 42
PGL36080 ....................... 42
PGL36080CU31A ............ 43
PGL36080CU33A ............ 43
PGL36080CU41A ............ 43

PGL36080CU43A ............ 43
PGL36080CU44A ............ 43
PGL36080CU63AE1 ..........43
PGL36080CU64AE1 ..........43
PGL36080CU73AE1 ..........43
PGL36080CU74AE1 ..........43
PGL36080U31A ............... 42
PGL36080U33A ............... 42
PGL36080U41A ............... 42
PGL36080U43A ............... 42
PGL36080U44A ............... 42
PGL36080U63AE1 .............42
PGL36080U64AE1 .............42
PGL36080U73AE1 .............42
PGL36080U74AE1 .............42
PGL36100 ........................ 42
PGL36100CU31A ............ 43
PGL36100CU33A ............ 43
PGL36100CU41A ............ 43
PGL36100CU43A ............ 43
PGL36100CU44A ............ 43
PGL36100CU63AE1 ..........43
PGL36100CU64AE1 ..........43
PGL36100CU73AE1 ..........43
PGL36100CU74AE1 ..........43
PGL36100U31A ............... 42
PGL36100U33A ............... 42
PGL36100U41A ............... 42
PGL36100U43A ............... 42
PGL36100U44A ............... 42
PGL36100U63AE1 .............42
PGL36100U64AE1 .............42
PGL36100U73AE1 .............42
PGL36100U74AE1 .............42
PGL36120 ........................ 42
PGL36120CU31A ............ 43
PGL36120CU33A ............ 43
PGL36120CU41A ............ 43
PGL36120CU43A ............ 43
PGL36120CU44A ............ 43
PGL36120CU63AE1 ..........43
PGL36120CU64AE1 ..........43
PGL36120CU73AE1 ..........43
PGL36120CU74AE1 ..........43
PGL36120U31A ............... 42
PGL36120U33A ............... 42
PGL36120U41A ............... 42
PGL36120U43A ............... 42
PGL36120U44A ............... 42
PGL36120U63AE1 .............42
PGL36120U64AE1 .............42
PGL36120U73AE1 .............42
PGL36120U74AE1 .............42
PHLE36125U33RN .......... 63
PJA36025CU31A ............. 45
PJA36025CU33A ............. 45
PJA36025CU41A ............. 45
PJA36025CU43A ............. 45
PJA36025CU44A ............. 45
PJA36025CU63AE1 ........ 45
PJA36025CU64AE1 ........ 45
PJA36025CU73AE1 ........ 45
PJA36025CU74AE1 ........ 45
PJA36025U31A ............... 44
PJA36025U33A ............... 44
PJA36025U41A ............... 44
PJA36025U43A ............... 44
PJA36025U44A ............... 44
PJA36025U63AE1 .............44
PJA36025U64AE1 .............44
PJA36025U73AE1 .............44
PJA36025U74AE1 .............44
PJA36040CU31A ............. 45
PJA36040CU33A ............. 45
PJA36040CU41A ............. 45
PJA36040CU43A ............. 45
PJA36040CU44A ............. 45
PJA36040CU63AE1 ........ 45
PJA36040CU64AE1 ........ 45
PJA36040CU73AE1 ........ 45

PJA36040CU74AE1 ........ 45
PJA36040U31A ............... 44
PJA36040U33A ............... 44
PJA36040U41A ............... 44
PJA36040U43A ............... 44
PJA36040U44A ............... 44
PJA36040U63AE1 .............44
PJA36040U64AE1 .............44
PJA36040U73AE1 .............44
PJA36040U74AE1 .............44
PJA36060 ........................ 44
PJA36060CU31A ............. 45
PJA36060CU33A ............. 45
PJA36060CU41A ............. 45
PJA36060CU43A ............. 45
PJA36060CU44A ............. 45
PJA36060CU63AE1 ........ 45
PJA36060CU64AE1 ........ 45
PJA36060CU73AE1 ........ 45
PJA36060CU74AE1 ........ 45
PJA36060U31A ............... 44
PJA36060U33A ............... 44
PJA36060U41A ............... 44
PJA36060U43A ............... 44
PJA36060U44A ............... 44
PJA36060U63AE1 .............44
PJA36060U64AE1 .............44
PJA36060U73AE1 .............44
PJA36060U74AE1 .............44
PJA36080 ........................ 44
PJA36080CU31A ............. 45
PJA36080CU33A ............. 45
PJA36080CU41A ............. 45
PJA36080CU43A ............. 45
PJA36080CU44A ............. 45
PJA36080CU63AE1 ........ 45
PJA36080CU64AE1 ........ 45
PJA36080CU73AE1 ........ 45
PJA36080CU74AE1 ........ 45
PJA36080U31A ............... 44
PJA36080U33A ............... 44
PJA36080U41A ............... 44
PJA36080U43A ............... 44
PJA36080U44A ............... 44
PJA36080U63AE1 .............44
PJA36080U64AE1 .............44
PJA36080U73AE1 .............44
PJA36080U74AE1 .............44
PJA36100 ........................ 44
PJA36100U31A ............... 44
PJA36100U33A ............... 44
PJA36100U41A ............... 44
PJA36100U43A ............... 44
PJA36100U44A ............... 44
PJA36100U63AE1 .............44
PJA36100U64AE1 .............44
PJA36100U73AE1 .............44
PJA36100U74AE1 .............44
PJA36120 ........................ 44
PJA36120U31A ............... 44
PJA36120U33A ............... 44
PJA36120U41A ............... 44
PJA36120U43A ............... 44
PJA36120U44A ............... 44
PJA36120U63AE1 .............44
PJA36120U64AE1 .............44
PJA36120U73AE1 .............44
PJA36120U74AE1 .............44
PJL36000S10 .................. 47
PJL36000S12 .................. 47
PJL36000S60 .................. 47
PJL36000S80 .................. 47
PJL36025CU31A ............. 43
PJL36025CU33A ............. 43
PJL36025CU41A ............. 43
PJL36025CU43A ............. 43
PJL36025CU44A ............. 43
PJL36025CU63AE1 ...........43
PJL36025CU64AE1 ...........43
PJL36025CU73AE1 ...........43

PJL36025CU74AE1 ...........43
PJL36025U31A ................ 42
PJL36025U33A ................ 42
PJL36025U41A ................ 42
PJL36025U43A ................ 42
PJL36025U44A ................ 42
PJL36025U63AE1 .............42
PJL36025U64AE1 .............42
PJL36025U73AE1 .............42
PJL36025U74AE1 .............42
PJL36040CU31A ............. 43
PJL36040CU33A ............. 43
PJL36040CU41A ............. 43
PJL36040CU43A ............. 43
PJL36040CU44A ............. 43
PJL36040CU63AE1 ...........43
PJL36040CU64AE1 ...........43
PJL36040CU73AE1 ...........43
PJL36040CU74AE1 ...........43
PJL36040U31A ................ 42
PJL36040U33A ................ 42
PJL36040U41A ................ 42
PJL36040U43A ................ 42
PJL36040U44A ................ 42
PJL36040U63AE1 .............42
PJL36040U64AE1 .............42
PJL36040U73AE1 .............42
PJL36040U74AE1 .............42
PJL36060 ......................... 42
PJL36060CU31A ............. 43
PJL36060CU33A ............. 43
PJL36060CU41A ............. 43
PJL36060CU43A ............. 43
PJL36060CU44A ............. 43
PJL36060CU63AE1 ...........43
PJL36060CU64AE1 ...........43
PJL36060CU73AE1 ...........43
PJL36060CU74AE1 ...........43
PJL36060M68 .................. 48
PJL36060U31A ................ 42
PJL36060U33A ................ 42
PJL36060U41A ................ 42
PJL36060U43A ................ 42
PJL36060U44A ................ 42
PJL36060U63AE1 .............42
PJL36060U64AE1 .............42
PJL36060U73AE1 .............42
PJL36060U74AE1 .............42
PJL36080 ......................... 42
PJL36080CU31A ............. 43
PJL36080CU33A ............. 43
PJL36080CU41A ............. 43
PJL36080CU43A ............. 43
PJL36080CU44A ............. 43
PJL36080CU63AE1 ...........43
PJL36080CU64AE1 ...........43
PJL36080CU73AE1 ...........43
PJL36080CU74AE1 ...........43
PJL36080M68 .................. 48
PJL36080U31A ................ 42
PJL36080U33A ................ 42
PJL36080U41A ................ 42
PJL36080U43A ................ 42
PJL36080U44A ................ 42
PJL36080U63AE1 .............42
PJL36080U64AE1 .............42
PJL36080U73AE1 .............42
PJL36080U74AE1 .............42
PJL36100 ......................... 42
PJL36100CU31A ............. 43
PJL36100CU33A ............. 43
PJL36100CU41A ............. 43
PJL36100CU43A ............. 43
PJL36100CU44A ............. 43
PJL36100CU63AE1 ...........43
PJL36100CU64AE1 ...........43
PJL36100CU73AE1 ...........43
PJL36100CU74AE1 ...........43
PJL36100M69 .................. 48
PJL36100U31A ................ 42

PJL36100U33A ................ 42
PJL36100U41A ................ 42
PJL36100U43A ................ 42
PJL36100U44A ................ 42
PJL36100U63AE1 ............. 42
PJL36100U64AE1 ............. 42
PJL36100U73AE1 ............. 42
PJL36100U74AE1 ............. 42
PJL36120 ......................... 42
PJL36120CU31A ............. 43
PJL36120CU33A ............. 43
PJL36120CU41A ............. 43
PJL36120CU43A ............. 43
PJL36120CU44A ............. 43
PJL36120CU63AE1 ........... 43
PJL36120CU64AE1 ........... 43
PJL36120CU73AE1 .......... 43
PJL36120CU74AE1 .......... 43
PJL36120M70 .................. 48
PJL36120U31A ................ 42
PJL36120U33A ................ 42
PJL36120U41A ................ 42
PJL36120U43A ................ 42
PJL36120U44A ................ 42
PJL36120U63AE1 ............. 42
PJL36120U64AE1 ............. 42
PJL36120U73AE1 ............. 42
PJL36120U74AE1 ............. 42
PKA36025CU31A ............ 45
PKA36025CU33A ............ 45
PKA36025CU41A ............ 45
PKA36025CU43A ............ 45
PKA36025CU44A ............ 45
PKA36025CU63AE1 ........ 45
PKA36025CU64AE1 ........ 45
PKA36025CU73AE1 ........ 45
PKA36025CU74AE1 ........ 45
PKA36025U31A ............... 44
PKA36025U33A ............... 44
PKA36025U41A ............... 44
PKA36025U43A ............... 44
PKA36025U44A ............... 44
PKA36025U63AE1 ............ 44
PKA36025U64AE1 ............ 44
PKA36025U73AE1 ............ 44
PKA36025U74AE1 ............ 44
PKA36040CU31A ............ 45
PKA36040CU33A ............ 45
PKA36040CU41A ............ 45
PKA36040CU43A ............ 45
PKA36040CU44A ............ 45
PKA36040CU63AE1 ........ 45
PKA36040CU64AE1 ........ 45
PKA36040CU73AE1 ........ 45
PKA36040CU74AE1 ........ 45
PKA36040U31A ............... 44
PKA36040U33A ............... 44
PKA36040U41A ............... 44
PKA36040U43A ............... 44
PKA36040U44A ............... 44
PKA36040U63AE1 ............ 44
PKA36040U64AE1 ............ 44
PKA36040U73AE1 ............ 44
PKA36040U74AE1 ............ 44
PKA36060 ........................ 44
PKA36060CU31A ............ 45
PKA36060CU33A ............ 45
PKA36060CU41A ............ 45
PKA36060CU43A ............ 45
PKA36060CU44A ............ 45
PKA36060CU63AE1 ........ 45
PKA36060CU64AE1 ........ 45
PKA36060CU73AE1 ........ 45
PKA36060CU74AE1 ........ 45
PKA36060U31A ............... 44
PKA36060U33A ............... 44
PKA36060U41A ............... 44
PKA36060U43A ............... 44
PKA36060U44A ............... 44
PKA36060U63AE1 ............ 44

150
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
PKA36060U64AE1 .............44
PKA36060U73AE1 .............44
PKA36060U74AE1 .............44
PKA36080 ........................ 44
PKA36080CU31A ............ 45
PKA36080CU33A ............ 45
PKA36080CU41A ............ 45
PKA36080CU43A ............ 45
PKA36080CU44A ............ 45
PKA36080CU63AE1 ........ 45
PKA36080CU64AE1 ........ 45
PKA36080CU73AE1 ........ 45
PKA36080CU74AE1 ........ 45
PKA36080U31A ............... 44
PKA36080U33A ............... 44
PKA36080U41A ............... 44
PKA36080U43A ............... 44
PKA36080U44A ............... 44
PKA36080U63AE1 .............44
PKA36080U64AE1 .............44
PKA36080U73AE1 .............44
PKA36080U74AE1 .............44
PKA36100 ........................ 44
PKA36100U31A ............... 44
PKA36100U33A ............... 44
PKA36100U41A ............... 44
PKA36100U43A ............... 44
PKA36100U44A ............... 44
PKA36100U63AE1 .............44
PKA36100U64AE1 .............44
PKA36100U73AE1 .............44
PKA36100U74AE1 .............44
PKA36120 ........................ 44
PKA36120U31A ............... 44
PKA36120U33A ............... 44
PKA36120U41A ............... 44
PKA36120U43A ............... 44
PKA36120U44A ............... 44
PKA36120U63AE1 .............44
PKA36120U64AE1 .............44
PKA36120U73AE1 .............44
PKA36120U74AE1 .............44
PKL36000S10 .................. 47
PKL36000S12 .................. 47
PKL36000S60 .................. 47
PKL36000S80 .................. 47
PKL36025CU31A ............ 43
PKL36025CU33A ............ 43
PKL36025CU41A ............ 43
PKL36025CU43A ............ 43
PKL36025CU44A ............ 43
PKL36025CU63AE1 ...........43
PKL36025CU64AE1 ...........43
PKL36025CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36025CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36025U31A ............... 42
PKL36025U33A ............... 42
PKL36025U41A ............... 42
PKL36025U43A ............... 42
PKL36025U44A ............... 42
PKL36025U63AE1 .............42
PKL36025U64AE1 .............42
PKL36025U73AE1 .............42
PKL36025U74AE1 .............42
PKL36040CU31A ............ 43
PKL36040CU33A ............ 43
PKL36040CU41A ............ 43
PKL36040CU43A ............ 43
PKL36040CU44A ............ 43
PKL36040CU63AE1 ...........43
PKL36040CU64AE1 ...........43
PKL36040CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36040CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36040U31A ............... 42
PKL36040U33A ............... 42
PKL36040U41A ............... 42
PKL36040U43A ............... 42
PKL36040U44A ............... 42
PKL36040U63AE1 .............42
PKL36040U64AE1 .............42

PKL36040U73AE1 .............42
PKL36040U74AE1 .............42
PKL36060 ........................ 42
PKL36060CU31A ............ 43
PKL36060CU33A ............ 43
PKL36060CU41A ............ 43
PKL36060CU43A ............ 43
PKL36060CU44A ............ 43
PKL36060CU63AE1 ..........43
PKL36060CU64AE1 ..........43
PKL36060CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36060CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36060U31A ............... 42
PKL36060U33A ............... 42
PKL36060U41A ............... 42
PKL36060U43A ............... 42
PKL36060U44A ............... 42
PKL36060U63AE1 .............42
PKL36060U64AE1 .............42
PKL36060U73AE1 .............42
PKL36060U74AE1 .............42
PKL36080 ........................ 42
PKL36080CU31A ............ 43
PKL36080CU33A ............ 43
PKL36080CU41A ............ 43
PKL36080CU43A ............ 43
PKL36080CU44A ............ 43
PKL36080CU63AE1 ..........43
PKL36080CU64AE1 ..........43
PKL36080CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36080CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36080U31A ............... 42
PKL36080U33A ............... 42
PKL36080U41A ............... 42
PKL36080U43A ............... 42
PKL36080U44A ............... 42
PKL36080U63AE1 .............42
PKL36080U64AE1 .............42
PKL36080U73AE1 .............42
PKL36080U74AE1 .............42
PKL36100 ........................ 42
PKL36100CU31A ............ 43
PKL36100CU33A ............ 43
PKL36100CU41A ............ 43
PKL36100CU43A ............ 43
PKL36100CU44A ............ 43
PKL36100CU63AE1 ..........43
PKL36100CU64AE1 ..........43
PKL36100CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36100CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36100U31A ............... 42
PKL36100U33A ............... 42
PKL36100U41A ............... 42
PKL36100U43A ............... 42
PKL36100U44A ............... 42
PKL36100U63AE1 .............42
PKL36100U64AE1 .............42
PKL36100U73AE1 .............42
PKL36100U74AE1 .............42
PKL36120 ........................ 42
PKL36120CU31A ............ 43
PKL36120CU33A ............ 43
PKL36120CU41A ............ 43
PKL36120CU43A ............ 43
PKL36120CU44A ............ 43
PKL36120CU63AE1 ..........43
PKL36120CU64AE1 ..........43
PKL36120CU73AE1 ..........43
PKL36120CU74AE1 ..........43
PKL36120U31A ............... 42
PKL36120U33A ............... 42
PKL36120U41A ............... 42
PKL36120U43A ............... 42
PKL36120U44A ............... 42
PKL36120U63AE1 .............42
PKL36120U64AE1 .............42
PKL36120U73AE1 .............42
PKL36120U74AE1 .............42
PLA34025CU31A ............ 45
PLA34025CU33A ............ 45

PLA34025CU41A ............45
PLA34025CU43A ............45
PLA34025CU44A ............45
PLA34025CU63AE1 ........ 45
PLA34025CU64AE1 ........ 45
PLA34025CU73AE1 ........ 45
PLA34025CU74AE1 ........ 45
PLA34025U31A ............... 44
PLA34025U33A ............... 44
PLA34025U41A ............... 44
PLA34025U43A ............... 44
PLA34025U44A ............... 44
PLA34025U63AE1 .............44
PLA34025U64AE1 .............44
PLA34025U73AE1 .............44
PLA34025U74AE1 .............44
PLA34040CU31A ............45
PLA34040CU33A ............45
PLA34040CU41A ............45
PLA34040CU43A ............45
PLA34040CU44A ............45
PLA34040CU63AE1 ........ 45
PLA34040CU64AE1 ........ 45
PLA34040CU73AE1 ........ 45
PLA34040CU74AE1 ........ 45
PLA34040U31A ............... 44
PLA34040U33A ............... 44
PLA34040U41A ............... 44
PLA34040U43A ............... 44
PLA34040U44A ............... 44
PLA34040U63AE1 .............44
PLA34040U64AE1 .............44
PLA34040U73AE1 .............44
PLA34040U74AE1 .............44
PLA34060 ........................ 44
PLA34060CU31A ............45
PLA34060CU33A ............45
PLA34060CU41A ............45
PLA34060CU43A ............45
PLA34060CU44A ............45
PLA34060CU63AE1 ........ 45
PLA34060CU64AE1 ........ 45
PLA34060CU73AE1 ........ 45
PLA34060CU74AE1 ........ 45
PLA34060U31A ............... 44
PLA34060U33A ............... 44
PLA34060U41A ............... 44
PLA34060U43A ............... 44
PLA34060U44A ............... 44
PLA34060U63AE1 .............44
PLA34060U64AE1 .............44
PLA34060U73AE1 .............44
PLA34060U74AE1 .............44
PLA34080 ........................ 44
PLA34080CU31A ............45
PLA34080CU33A ............45
PLA34080CU41A ............45
PLA34080CU43A ............45
PLA34080CU44A ............45
PLA34080CU63AE1 ........ 45
PLA34080CU64AE1 ........ 45
PLA34080CU73AE1 ........ 45
PLA34080CU74AE1 ........ 45
PLA34080U31A ............... 44
PLA34080U33A ............... 44
PLA34080U41A ............... 44
PLA34080U43A ............... 44
PLA34080U44A ............... 44
PLA34080U63AE1 .............44
PLA34080U64AE1 .............44
PLA34080U73AE1 .............44
PLA34080U74AE1 .............44
PLA34100 ........................ 44
PLA34100U31A ............... 44
PLA34100U33A ............... 44
PLA34100U41A ............... 44
PLA34100U43A ............... 44
PLA34100U44A ............... 44
PLA34100U63AE1 .............44
PLA34100U64AE1 .............44

PLA34100U73AE1 ............ 44
PLA34100U74AE1 ............ 44
PLA34120 ........................44
PLA34120U31A ............... 44
PLA34120U33A ............... 44
PLA34120U41A ............... 44
PLA34120U43A ............... 44
PLA34120U44A ............... 44
PLA34120U63AE1 ............ 44
PLA34120U64AE1 ............ 44
PLA34120U73AE1 ............ 44
PLA34120U74AE1 ............ 44
PLL34000S10 .................. 47
PLL34000S12 .................. 47
PLL34000S60 .................. 47
PLL34000S80 .................. 47
PLL34025CU31A ............. 43
PLL34025CU33A ............. 43
PLL34025CU41A ............. 43
PLL34025CU43A ............. 43
PLL34025CU44A ............. 43
PLL34025CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34025CU64AE1 .......... 43
PLL34025CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34025CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34025U31A ............... 42
PLL34025U33A ............... 42
PLL34025U41A ............... 42
PLL34025U43A ............... 42
PLL34025U44A ............... 42
PLL34025U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34025U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34025U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34025U74AE1 ............. 42
PLL34040CU31A ............. 43
PLL34040CU33A ............. 43
PLL34040CU41A ............. 43
PLL34040CU43A ............. 43
PLL34040CU44A ............. 43
PLL34040CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34040CU64AE1 .......... 43
PLL34040CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34040CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34040U31A ............... 42
PLL34040U33A ............... 42
PLL34040U41A ............... 42
PLL34040U43A ............... 42
PLL34040U44A ............... 42
PLL34040U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34040U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34040U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34040U74AE1 ............. 42
PLL34060 ........................42
PLL34060CU31A ............. 43
PLL34060CU33A ............. 43
PLL34060CU41A ............. 43
PLL34060CU43A ............. 43
PLL34060CU44A ............. 43
PLL34060CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34060CU64AE1 .......... 43
PLL34060CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34060CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34060M68 ................. 48
PLL34060U31A ............... 42
PLL34060U33A ............... 42
PLL34060U41A ............... 42
PLL34060U43A ............... 42
PLL34060U44A ............... 42
PLL34060U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34060U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34060U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34060U74AE1 ............. 42
PLL34080 ........................42
PLL34080CU31A ............. 43
PLL34080CU33A ............. 43
PLL34080CU41A ............. 43
PLL34080CU43A ............. 43
PLL34080CU44A ............. 43
PLL34080CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34080CU64AE1 .......... 43

PLL34080CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34080CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34080M68 ................. 48
PLL34080U31A ...............42
PLL34080U33A ...............42
PLL34080U41A ...............42
PLL34080U43A ...............42
PLL34080U44A ...............42
PLL34080U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34080U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34080U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34080U74AE1 ............. 42
PLL34100 ........................ 42
PLL34100CU31A ............. 43
PLL34100CU33A ............. 43
PLL34100CU41A ............. 43
PLL34100CU43A ............. 43
PLL34100CU44A ............. 43
PLL34100CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34100CU64AE1 .......... 43
PLL34100CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34100CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34100M69 ................. 48
PLL34100U31A ...............42
PLL34100U33A ...............42
PLL34100U41A ...............42
PLL34100U43A ...............42
PLL34100U44A ...............42
PLL34100U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34100U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34100U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34100U74AE1 ............. 42
PLL34120 ........................ 42
PLL34120CU31A ............. 43
PLL34120CU33A ............. 43
PLL34120CU41A ............. 43
PLL34120CU43A ............. 43
PLL34120CU44A ............. 43
PLL34120CU63AE1 .......... 43
PLL34120CU64AE1 .......... 43
PLL34120CU73AE1 .......... 43
PLL34120CU74AE1 .......... 43
PLL34120M70 ................. 48
PLL34120U31A ...............42
PLL34120U33A ...............42
PLL34120U41A ...............42
PLL34120U43A ...............42
PLL34120U44A ...............42
PLL34120U63AE1 ............. 42
PLL34120U64AE1 ............. 42
PLL34120U73AE1 ............. 42
PLL34120U74AE1 ............. 42
RD10 ................................ 89
RD16 ................................ 89
RE10 ................................ 89
RE16 ................................ 89
RGA36100CU31A ........... 57
RGA36100CU33A ........... 57
RGA36100CU41A ........... 57
RGA36100CU43A ........... 57
RGA36100CU44A ........... 57
RGA36100CU63AE1 ....... 57
RGA36100CU64AE1 ....... 57
RGA36100CU73AE1 ....... 57
RGA36100CU74AE1 ....... 57
RGA36120CU31A ........... 57
RGA36120CU33A ........... 57
RGA36120CU41A ........... 57
RGA36120CU43A ........... 57
RGA36120CU44A ........... 57
RGA36120CU63AE1 ....... 57
RGA36120CU64AE1 ....... 57
RGA36120CU73AE1 ....... 57
RGA36120CU74AE1 ....... 57
RGF36060 ....................... 53
RGF36060CU31A .............. 55
RGF36060CU33A .............. 55
RGF36060CU41A .............. 55
RGF36060CU43A .............. 55
RGF36060CU44A .............. 55

151
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
RGF36060CU63AE1 ......... 55
RGF36060CU64AE1 ......... 55
RGF36060CU73AE1 ......... 55
RGF36060CU74AE1 ......... 55
RGF36060U31A ................ 53
RGF36060U33A ................ 53
RGF36060U41A ................ 53
RGF36060U43A ................ 53
RGF36060U44A ................ 53
RGF36060U63AE1 ............ 53
RGF36060U64AE1 ............ 53
RGF36060U73AE1 ............ 53
RGF36060U74AE1 ............ 53
RGF36080 ....................... 53
RGF36080CU31A ............. 55
RGF36080CU33A ............. 55
RGF36080CU41A ............. 55
RGF36080CU43A ............. 55
RGF36080CU44A ............. 55
RGF36080CU63AE1 ......... 55
RGF36080CU64AE1 ......... 55
RGF36080CU73AE1 ......... 55
RGF36080CU74AE1 ......... 55
RGF36080U31A ................ 53
RGF36080U33A ................ 53
RGF36080U41A ................ 53
RGF36080U43A ................ 53
RGF36080U44A ................ 53
RGF36080U63AE1 ............ 53
RGF36080U64AE1 ............ 53
RGF36080U73AE1 ............ 53
RGF36080U74AE1 ............ 53
RGF36100 ....................... 53
RGF36100CU31A ............. 55
RGF36100CU33A ............. 55
RGF36100CU41A ............. 55
RGF36100CU43A ............. 55
RGF36100CU44A ............. 55
RGF36100CU63AE1 ......... 55
RGF36100CU64AE1 ......... 55
RGF36100CU73AE1 ......... 55
RGF36100CU74AE1 ......... 55
RGF36100U31A ................ 53
RGF36100U33A ................ 53
RGF36100U41A ................ 53
RGF36100U43A ................ 53
RGF36100U44A ................ 53
RGF36100U63AE1 ............ 53
RGF36100U64AE1 ............ 53
RGF36100U73AE1 ............ 53
RGF36100U74AE1 ............ 53
RGF36120 ....................... 53
RGF36120CU31A ............. 55
RGF36120CU33A ............. 55
RGF36120CU41A ............. 55
RGF36120CU43A ............. 55
RGF36120CU44A ............. 55
RGF36120CU63AE1 ......... 55
RGF36120CU64AE1 ......... 55
RGF36120CU73AE1 ......... 55
RGF36120CU74AE1 ......... 55
RGF36120U31A ................ 53
RGF36120U33A ................ 53
RGF36120U41A ................ 53
RGF36120U43A ................ 53
RGF36120U44A ................ 53
RGF36120U63AE1 ............ 53
RGF36120U64AE1 ............ 53
RGF36120U73AE1 ............ 53
RGF36120U74AE1 ............ 53
RGF36160 .......................... 54
RGF36160CU31A ............. 56
RGF36160CU33A ............. 56
RGF36160CU41A ............. 56
RGF36160CU43A ............. 56
RGF36160CU44A ............. 56
RGF36160CU63AE1 ......... 56
RGF36160CU64AE1 ......... 56
RGF36160CU73AE1 ......... 56
RGF36160CU74AE1 ......... 56

RGF36160U31A .................54
RGF36160U33A .................54
RGF36160U41A .................54
RGF36160U43A .................54
RGF36160U44A .................54
RGF36160U63AE1 ............54
RGF36160U64AE1 ............54
RGF36160U73AE1 ............54
RGF36160U74AE1 ............54
RGF36200 ..........................54
RGF36200CU31A ..............56
RGF36200CU33A ..............56
RGF36200CU41A ..............56
RGF36200CU43A ..............56
RGF36200CU44A ..............56
RGF36200CU63AE1 ..........56
RGF36200CU64AE1 ..........56
RGF36200CU73AE1 ..........56
RGF36200CU74AE1 ..........56
RGF36200U31A .................54
RGF36200U33A .................54
RGF36200U41A .................54
RGF36200U43A .................54
RGF36200U44A .................54
RGF36200U63AE1 ............54
RGF36200U64AE1 ............54
RGF36200U73AE1 ............54
RGF36200U74AE1 ............54
RGF36250 ..........................54
RGF36250CU31A ..............56
RGF36250CU33A ..............56
RGF36250CU41A ..............56
RGF36250CU43A ..............56
RGF36250CU44A ..............56
RGF36250CU63AE1 ..........56
RGF36250CU64AE1 ..........56
RGF36250CU73AE1 ..........56
RGF36250CU74AE1 ..........56
RGF36250U31A .................54
RGF36250U33A .................54
RGF36250U41A .................54
RGF36250U43A .................54
RGF36250U44A .................54
RGF36250U63AE1 ............54
RGF36250U64AE1 ............54
RGF36250U73AE1 ............54
RGF36250U74AE1 ............54
RGF36300CU31A ..............56
RGF36300CU33A ..............56
RGF36300CU41A ..............56
RGF36300CU43A ..............56
RGF36300CU44A ..............56
RGF36300CU63AE1 ..........56
RGF36300CU64AE1 ..........56
RGF36300CU73AE1 ..........56
RGF36300CU74AE1 ..........56
RGF36300U31A .................54
RGF36300U33A .................54
RGF36300U41A .................54
RGF36300U43A .................54
RGF36300U44A .................54
RGF36300U63AE1 ............54
RGF36300U64AE1 ............54
RGF36300U73AE1 ............54
RGF36300U74AE1 ............54
RJA36100CU31A ............ 57
RJA36100CU33A ............ 57
RJA36100CU41A ............ 57
RJA36100CU43A ............ 57
RJA36100CU44A ............ 57
RJA36100CU63AE1 ........ 57
RJA36100CU64AE1 ........ 57
RJA36100CU73AE1 ........ 57
RJA36100CU74AE1 ........ 57
RJA36120CU31A ............ 57
RJA36120CU33A ............ 57
RJA36120CU41A ............ 57
RJA36120CU43A ............ 57
RJA36120CU44A ............ 57
RJA36120CU63AE1 ........ 57

RJA36120CU64AE1 ........ 57
RJA36120CU73AE1 ........ 57
RJA36120CU74AE1 ........ 57
RJF36060 ........................ 53
RJF36060CU31A ...............55
RJF36060CU33A ...............55
RJF36060CU41A ...............55
RJF36060CU43A ...............55
RJF36060CU44A ...............55
RJF36060CU63AE1 ...........55
RJF36060CU64AE1 ...........55
RJF36060CU73AE1 ...........55
RJF36060CU74AE1 ...........55
RJF36060U31A ..................53
RJF36060U33A ..................53
RJF36060U41A ..................53
RJF36060U43A ..................53
RJF36060U44A ..................53
RJF36060U63AE1 .............53
RJF36060U64AE1 .............53
RJF36060U73AE1 .............53
RJF36060U74AE1 .............53
RJF36080 ........................ 53
RJF36080CU31A ...............55
RJF36080CU33A ...............55
RJF36080CU41A ...............55
RJF36080CU43A ...............55
RJF36080CU44A ...............55
RJF36080CU63AE1 ...........55
RJF36080CU64AE1 ...........55
RJF36080CU73AE1 ...........55
RJF36080CU74AE1 ...........55
RJF36080U31A ..................53
RJF36080U33A ..................53
RJF36080U41A ..................53
RJF36080U43A ..................53
RJF36080U44A ..................53
RJF36080U63AE1 .............53
RJF36080U64AE1 .............53
RJF36080U73AE1 .............53
RJF36080U74AE1 .............53
RJF36100 ........................ 53
RJF36100CU31A ...............55
RJF36100CU33A ...............55
RJF36100CU41A ...............55
RJF36100CU43A ...............55
RJF36100CU44A ...............55
RJF36100CU63AE1 ...........55
RJF36100CU64AE1 ...........55
RJF36100CU73AE1 ...........55
RJF36100CU74AE1 ...........55
RJF36100U31A ..................53
RJF36100U33A ..................53
RJF36100U41A ..................53
RJF36100U43A ..................53
RJF36100U44A ..................53
RJF36100U63AE1 .............53
RJF36100U64AE1 .............53
RJF36100U73AE1 .............53
RJF36100U74AE1 .............53
RJF36120 ........................ 53
RJF36120CU31A ...............55
RJF36120CU33A ...............55
RJF36120CU41A ...............55
RJF36120CU43A ...............55
RJF36120CU44A ...............55
RJF36120CU63AE1 ...........55
RJF36120CU64AE1 ...........55
RJF36120CU73AE1 ...........55
RJF36120CU74AE1 ...........55
RJF36120U31A ..................53
RJF36120U33A ..................53
RJF36120U41A ..................53
RJF36120U43A ..................53
RJF36120U44A ..................53
RJF36120U63AE1 .............53
RJF36120U64AE1 .............53
RJF36120U73AE1 .............53
RJF36120U74AE1 .............53
RJF36160 ...........................54

RJF36160CU31A ...............56
RJF36160CU33A ...............56
RJF36160CU41A ...............56
RJF36160CU43A ...............56
RJF36160CU44A ...............56
RJF36160CU63AE1 ..........56
RJF36160CU64AE1 ..........56
RJF36160CU73AE1 ..........56
RJF36160CU74AE1 ..........56
RJF36160U31A ..................54
RJF36160U33A ..................54
RJF36160U41A ..................54
RJF36160U43A ..................54
RJF36160U44A ..................54
RJF36160U63AE1 .............54
RJF36160U64AE1 .............54
RJF36160U73AE1 .............54
RJF36160U74AE1 .............54
RJF36200 ...........................54
RJF36200CU31A ...............56
RJF36200CU33A ...............56
RJF36200CU41A ...............56
RJF36200CU43A ...............56
RJF36200CU44A ...............56
RJF36200CU63AE1 ..........56
RJF36200CU64AE1 ..........56
RJF36200CU73AE1 ..........56
RJF36200CU74AE1 ..........56
RJF36200U31A ..................54
RJF36200U33A ..................54
RJF36200U41A ..................54
RJF36200U43A ..................54
RJF36200U44A ..................54
RJF36200U63AE1 .............54
RJF36200U64AE1 .............54
RJF36200U74AE1 .............54
RJF36250 ...........................54
RJF36250CU31A ...............56
RJF36250CU33A ...............56
RJF36250CU41A ...............56
RJF36250CU43A ...............56
RJF36250CU44A ...............56
RJF36250CU63AE1 ..........56
RJF36250CU64AE1 ..........56
RJF36250CU73AE1 ..........56
RJF36250CU74AE1 ..........56
RJF36250U31A ..................54
RJF36250U33A ..................54
RJF36250U41A ..................54
RJF36250U43A ..................54
RJF36250U44A ..................54
RJF36250U63AE1 .............54
RJF36250U64AE1 .............54
RJF36250U73AE1 .............54
RJF36250U74AE1 .............54
RJF36300CU31A ...............56
RJF36300CU33A ...............56
RJF36300CU41A ...............56
RJF36300CU43A ...............56
RJF36300CU44A ...............56
RJF36300CU63AE1 ..........56
RJF36300CU64AE1 ..........56
RJF36300CU73AE1 ..........56
RJF36300CU74AE1 ..........56
RJF36300U31A ..................54
RJF36300U33A ..................54
RJF36300U41A ..................54
RJF36300U43A ..................54
RJF36300U44A ..................54
RJF36300U63AE1 .............54
RJF36300U64AE1 .............54
RJF36300U73AE1 .............54
RJF36300U74AE1 .............54
RJF363200U73AE1 ...........54
RKA36100CU31A ............ 57
RKA36100CU33A ............ 57
RKA36100CU41A ............ 57
RKA36100CU43A ............ 57
RKA36100CU44A ............ 57
RKA36100CU63AE1 ....... 57

RKA36100CU64AE1 ....... 57
RKA36100CU73AE1 ....... 57
RKA36100CU74AE1 ....... 57
RKA36120CU31A ............ 57
RKA36120CU33A ............ 57
RKA36120CU41A ............ 57
RKA36120CU43A ............ 57
RKA36120CU44A ............ 57
RKA36120CU63AE1 ....... 57
RKA36120CU64AE1 ....... 57
RKA36120CU73AE1 ....... 57
RKA36120CU74AE1 ....... 57
RKF36000S12 ................. 58
RKF36000S16 ................. 58
RKF36000S20 ................. 58
RKF36000S25 ................. 58
RKF36000S30 ................. 58
RKF36060 ........................ 53
RKF36060CU31A .............. 55
RKF36060CU33A .............. 55
RKF36060CU41A .............. 55
RKF36060CU43A .............. 55
RKF36060CU44A .............. 55
RKF36060CU63AE1 .......... 55
RKF36060CU64AE1 .......... 55
RKF36060CU73AE1 .......... 55
RKF36060CU74AE1 .......... 55
RKF36060U31A ................. 53
RKF36060U33A ................. 53
RKF36060U41A ................. 53
RKF36060U43A ................. 53
RKF36060U44A ................. 53
RKF36060U63AE1 ............ 53
RKF36060U64AE1 ............ 53
RKF36060U73AE1 ............ 53
RKF36060U74AE1 ............ 53
RKF36080 ........................ 53
RKF36080CU31A .............. 55
RKF36080CU33A .............. 55
RKF36080CU41A .............. 55
RKF36080CU43A .............. 55
RKF36080CU44A .............. 55
RKF36080CU63AE1 .......... 55
RKF36080CU64AE1 .......... 55
RKF36080CU73AE1 .......... 55
RKF36080CU74AE1 .......... 55
RKF36080U31A ................. 53
RKF36080U33A ................. 53
RKF36080U41A ................. 53
RKF36080U43A ................. 53
RKF36080U44A ................. 53
RKF36080U63AE1 ............ 53
RKF36080U64AE1 ............ 53
RKF36080U73AE1 ............ 53
RKF36080U74AE1 ............ 53
RKF36100 ........................ 53
RKF36100CU31A .............. 55
RKF36100CU33A .............. 55
RKF36100CU41A .............. 55
RKF36100CU43A .............. 55
RKF36100CU44A .............. 55
RKF36100CU63AE1 .......... 55
RKF36100CU64AE1 .......... 55
RKF36100CU73AE1 .......... 55
RKF36100CU74AE1 .......... 55
RKF36100U31A ................. 53
RKF36100U33A ................. 53
RKF36100U41A ................. 53
RKF36100U43A ................. 53
RKF36100U44A ................. 53
RKF36100U63AE1 ............ 53
RKF36100U64AE1 ............ 53
RKF36100U73AE1 ............ 53
RKF36100U74AE1 ............ 53
RKF36120 ........................ 53
RKF36120CU31A .............. 55
RKF36120CU33A .............. 55
RKF36120CU41A .............. 55
RKF36120CU43A .............. 55
RKF36120CU44A .............. 55

152
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
RKF36120CU63AE1 ..........55
RKF36120CU64AE1 ..........55
RKF36120CU73AE1 ..........55
RKF36120CU74AE1 ..........55
RKF36120U31A .................53
RKF36120U33A .................53
RKF36120U41A .................53
RKF36120U43A .................53
RKF36120U44A .................53
RKF36120U63AE1 .............53
RKF36120U64AE1 .............53
RKF36120U73AE1 .............53
RKF36120U74AE1 .............53
RKF36160 ...........................54
RKF36160CU31A ...............56
RKF36160CU33A ...............56
RKF36160CU41A ...............56
RKF36160CU43A ...............56
RKF36160CU44A ...............56
RKF36160CU63AE1 ..........56
RKF36160CU64AE1 ..........56
RKF36160CU73AE1 ..........56
RKF36160CU74AE1 ..........56
RKF36160U31A .................54
RKF36160U33A .................54
RKF36160U41A .................54
RKF36160U43A .................54
RKF36160U44A .................54
RKF36160U63AE1 .............54
RKF36160U64AE1 .............54
RKF36160U73AE1 .............54
RKF36160U74AE1 .............54
RKF36200 ...........................54
RKF36200CU31A ...............56
RKF36200CU33A ...............56
RKF36200CU41A ...............56
RKF36200CU43A ...............56
RKF36200CU44A ...............56
RKF36200CU63AE1 ..........56
RKF36200CU64AE1 ..........56
RKF36200CU73AE1 ..........56
RKF36200CU74AE1 ..........56
RKF36200U31A .................54
RKF36200U33A .................54
RKF36200U41A .................54
RKF36200U43A .................54
RKF36200U44A .................54
RKF36200U63AE1 .............54
RKF36200U64AE1 .............54
RKF36200U74AE1 .............54
RKF36250 ...........................54
RKF36250CU31A ...............56
RKF36250CU33A ...............56
RKF36250CU41A ...............56
RKF36250CU43A ...............56
RKF36250CU44A ...............56
RKF36250CU63AE1 ..........56
RKF36250CU64AE1 ..........56
RKF36250CU73AE1 ..........56
RKF36250CU74AE1 ..........56
RKF36250U31A .................54
RKF36250U33A .................54
RKF36250U41A .................54
RKF36250U43A .................54
RKF36250U44A .................54
RKF36250U63AE1 .............54
RKF36250U64AE1 .............54
RKF36250U73AE1 .............54
RKF36250U74AE1 .............54
RKF36300CU31A ...............56
RKF36300CU33A ...............56
RKF36300CU41A ...............56
RKF36300CU43A ...............56
RKF36300CU44A ...............56
RKF36300CU63AE1 ..........56
RKF36300CU64AE1 ..........56
RKF36300CU73AE1 ..........56
RKF36300CU74AE1 ..........56
RKF36300U31A .................54
RKF36300U33A .................54

RKF36300U41A .................54
RKF36300U43A .................54
RKF36300U44A .................54
RKF36300U63AE1 .............54
RKF36300U64AE1 .............54
RKF36300U73AE1 .............54
RKF36300U74AE1 .............54
RKF363200U73AE1 ...........54
RL3TB .............................. 59
RL3TB4 ............................ 59
RLA36100CU31A ............ 57
RLA36100CU33A ............ 57
RLA36100CU41A ............ 57
RLA36100CU43A ............ 57
RLA36100CU44A ............ 57
RLA36100CU63AE1 ........ 57
RLA36100CU64AE1 ........ 57
RLA36100CU73AE1 ........ 57
RLA36100CU74AE1 ........ 57
RLA36120CU31A ............ 57
RLA36120CU33A ............ 57
RLA36120CU41A ............ 57
RLA36120CU43A ............ 57
RLA36120CU44A ............ 57
RLA36120CU63AE1 ........ 57
RLA36120CU64AE1 ........ 57
RLA36120CU73AE1 ........ 57
RLA36120CU74AE1 ........ 57
RLF36000S12 .................. 58
RLF36000S16 .................. 58
RLF36000S20 .................. 58
RLF36000S25 .................. 58
RLF36000S30 .................. 58
RLF36060 ........................ 53
RLF36060CU31A ...............55
RLF36060CU33A ...............55
RLF36060CU41A ...............55
RLF36060CU43A ...............55
RLF36060CU44A ...............55
RLF36060CU63AE1 ..........55
RLF36060CU64AE1 ..........55
RLF36060CU73AE1 ..........55
RLF36060CU74AE1 ..........55
RLF36060U31A ..................53
RLF36060U33A ..................53
RLF36060U41A ..................53
RLF36060U43A ..................53
RLF36060U44A ..................53
RLF36060U63AE1 .............53
RLF36060U64AE1 .............53
RLF36060U73AE1 .............53
RLF36060U74AE1 .............53
RLF36080 ........................ 53
RLF36080CU31A ...............55
RLF36080CU33A ...............55
RLF36080CU41A ...............55
RLF36080CU43A ...............55
RLF36080CU44A ...............55
RLF36080CU63AE1 ..........55
RLF36080CU64AE1 ..........55
RLF36080CU73AE1 ..........55
RLF36080CU74AE1 ..........55
RLF36080U31A ..................53
RLF36080U33A ..................53
RLF36080U41A ..................53
RLF36080U43A ..................53
RLF36080U44A ..................53
RLF36080U63AE1 .............53
RLF36080U64AE1 .............53
RLF36080U73AE1 .............53
RLF36080U74AE1 .............53
RLF36100 ........................ 53
RLF36100CU31A ...............55
RLF36100CU33A ...............55
RLF36100CU41A ...............55
RLF36100CU43A ...............55
RLF36100CU44A ...............55
RLF36100CU63AE1 ..........55
RLF36100CU64AE1 ..........55
RLF36100CU73AE1 ..........55

RLF36100CU74AE1 ..........55
RLF36100U31A .................53
RLF36100U33A .................53
RLF36100U41A .................53
RLF36100U43A .................53
RLF36100U44A .................53
RLF36100U63AE1 .............53
RLF36100U64AE1 .............53
RLF36100U73AE1 .............53
RLF36100U74AE1 .............53
RLF36120 ........................ 53
RLF36120CU31A ...............55
RLF36120CU33A ...............55
RLF36120CU41A ...............55
RLF36120CU43A ...............55
RLF36120CU44A ...............55
RLF36120CU63AE1 ..........55
RLF36120CU64AE1 ..........55
RLF36120CU73AE1 ..........55
RLF36120CU74AE1 ..........55
RLF36120U31A .................53
RLF36120U33A .................53
RLF36120U41A .................53
RLF36120U43A .................53
RLF36120U44A .................53
RLF36120U63AE1 .............53
RLF36120U64AE1 .............53
RLF36120U73AE1 .............53
RLF36120U74AE1 .............53
RLF36160 ...........................54
RLF36160CU31A ...............56
RLF36160CU33A ...............56
RLF36160CU41A ...............56
RLF36160CU43A ...............56
RLF36160CU44A ...............56
RLF36160CU63AE1 ..........56
RLF36160CU64AE1 ..........56
RLF36160CU73AE1 ..........56
RLF36160CU74AE1 ..........56
RLF36160U31A .................54
RLF36160U33A .................54
RLF36160U41A .................54
RLF36160U43A .................54
RLF36160U44A .................54
RLF36160U63AE1 .............54
RLF36160U64AE1 .............54
RLF36160U73AE1 .............54
RLF36160U74AE1 .............54
RLF36200 ...........................54
RLF36200CU31A ...............56
RLF36200CU33A ...............56
RLF36200CU41A ...............56
RLF36200CU43A ...............56
RLF36200CU44A ...............56
RLF36200CU63AE1 ..........56
RLF36200CU64AE1 ..........56
RLF36200CU73AE1 ..........56
RLF36200CU74AE1 ..........56
RLF36200U31A .................54
RLF36200U33A .................54
RLF36200U41A .................54
RLF36200U43A .................54
RLF36200U44A .................54
RLF36200U63AE1 .............54
RLF36200U64AE1 .............54
RLF36200U64AE1 .............54
RLF36200U73AE1 .............54
RLF36200U74AE1 .............54
RLF36250 ...........................54
RLF36250CU31A ...............56
RLF36250CU33A ...............56
RLF36250CU41A ...............56
RLF36250CU43A ...............56
RLF36250CU44A ...............56
RLF36250CU63AE1 ..........56
RLF36250CU64AE1 ..........56
RLF36250CU73AE1 ..........56
RLF36250CU74AE1 ..........56
RLF36250U31A .................54
RLF36250U33A .................54

RLF36250U41A ................. 54
RLF36250U43A ................. 54
RLF36250U44A ................. 54
RLF36250U63AE1 ............. 54
RLF36250U64AE1 ............. 54
RLF36250U73AE1 ............. 54
RLF36250U74AE1 ............. 54
RLF36300CU31A ............... 56
RLF36300CU33A ............... 56
RLF36300CU41A ............... 56
RLF36300CU43A ............... 56
RLF36300CU44A ............... 56
RLF36300CU63AE1 .......... 56
RLF36300CU64AE1 .......... 56
RLF36300CU73AE1 .......... 56
RLF36300CU74AE1 .......... 56
RLF36300U31A ................. 54
RLF36300U33A ................. 54
RLF36300U41A ................. 54
RLF36300U43A ................. 54
RLF36300U44A ................. 54
RLF36300U63AE1 ............. 54
RLF36300U73AE1 ............. 54
RLF36300U74AE1 ............. 54
RLTB ................................ 59
RLTB ................................ 59
RLTB1 .............................. 59
RLTB1 .............................. 59
RLTB4 .............................. 59
RLTB4 .............................. 59
RLTB4 .............................. 59
RLTB4 .............................. 59
RLTBE .............................68
RLTBE4 ........................... 68
S131A .............................. 76
S132R .............................. 76
S133A .............................. 76
S141A .............................. 76
S142R .............................. 76
S143A .............................. 76
S144A .............................. 76
S163A .............................. 76
S164A .............................. 76
S173A .............................. 76
S174A .............................. 76
S29450 ............................ 74
S29450 ............................ 74
S29450 ............................ 74
S29450 ............................ 74
S29450 ............................ 74
S29450 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S29452 ............................ 74
S32631 ............................ 90
S32631 ............................ 90
S33033 ............................ 75
S33034 ............................ 75
S33034 ............................ 75
S33035 ............................ 75
S33035 ............................ 75
S33036 ............................ 75
S33036 ............................ 75
S33038 ............................ 75
S33091 ............................ 78
S33092 ............................ 78
S33092 ............................ 78
S33092 ............................ 78
S33093 ............................ 78
S33093 ............................ 78
S33093 ............................ 78
S33094 ............................ 78
S33095 ............................ 78
S33095 ............................ 78
S33095 ............................ 78
S33100 ............................ 77
S33100 ............................ 79

S33170
S33171
S33542
S33543
S33544
S33545
S33575
S33576
S33579
S33592
S33593
S33594
S33595
S33646
S33659
S33660
S33660
S33661
S33661
S33662
S33662
S33664
S33680
S33681
S33682
S33683
S33684
S33685
S33717
S33718
S33767
S33772
S33788
S33857
S33857
S33859
S33875
S33890
S33929
S33982
S33982
S33983
S33983
S33984
S33996
S33997
S33998
S34036
S44936
S46996
S46998
S47052
S47053
S47067
S47390
S47390
S47391
S47391
S47391
S47391
S47392
S47392
S47393
S47393
S47395
S47395
S47396
S47396
S47398
S47398
S48182
S48818
S48819
S48820
S48823
S48823
S48824
S48824
S48825
S48836

............................ 92
............................ 92
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 77
............................ 77
............................ 77
............................ 76
............................ 79
............................ 84
............................ 85
............................ 88
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 73
............................ 73
............................ 73
............................ 73
............................ 73
............................ 73
............................ 89
............................ 89
............................ 94
............................ 94
............................ 94
............................ 89
............................ 94
............................ 94
............................ 89
............................ 90
............................ 89
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 90
............................ 89
............................ 88
............................ 77
............................ 90
............................ 89
............................ 89
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 76
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 75
............................ 77
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78
............................ 78

153
© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

™

07/2014

PowerPact™ M-, P- and R-Frame, and Compact™ NS630b–NS3200 Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbers
S48837 ............................ 78
S48838 ............................ 78
S48839 ............................ 78
S48840 ............................ 78
S48855 ............................ 85
S48856 ............................ 85
S48891 ............................ 77
S48896 ............................ 77
S48907 ............................ 84
S48907 ............................ 85
S48908 ............................ 84
S48916 ............................ 77
S48933 ............................ 94
S64201 ............................ 79
S64202 ............................ 79
S64203 ............................ 79
S64204 ............................ 79
S64204 ............................ 79
S64205 ............................ 79
S64205 ............................ 79
S64206 ............................ 79
S64207 ............................ 79
S64208 ............................ 79
S64209 ............................ 79
S64210 ............................ 79
S64210 ............................ 79
S64273 ............................ 79
STRV00121 ..................... 84
TRV00128 ........................ 84
YA1200R3 ....................... 87
YA1200R5 ....................... 87
YA1200R7 ....................... 87
YA2500R7 ....................... 87
YA250P3 ......................... 87
YA300P5 ......................... 87
YA400P3 ......................... 87
YA400P7 ......................... 87
YA600P5 ......................... 87
YA800P7 ......................... 87

154
07/2014

™

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

Schneider Electric Canada, Inc.

1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067 USA
1-888-778-2733
www.schneider-electric.us

5985 McLaughlin Road
Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8 Canada
Tel:1-800-565-6699
www.schneider-electric.ca

© 2001–2014 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved
Schneider Electric, Square D, PowerPact, and Micrologic are trademarks owned by Schneider
Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their
respective owners.
0612CT0101 R06/14 Replaces 0612CT0101 R02/14

07/2014



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Schneider Electric
Create Date                     : 2014:06:25 11:28:00-05:00
Keywords                        : class 612, catalog, r-frame, p-frame, NS630b, NS3200, electronic trip circuit breaker
Modify Date                     : 2014:06:25 11:35:12-05:00
Subject                         : P-frame, R-frame and NS630b-NS3200 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Class 612 Catalog
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : Schneider Electric
Description                     : P-frame, R-frame and NS630b-NS3200 Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers Class 612 Catalog
Title                           : 0612CT0101R0614.book
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 10.0.2
Metadata Date                   : 2014:06:25 11:35:12-05:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.10 (Windows)
Document ID                     : uuid:3e341e1b-fb2c-45b3-828a-d3f3bc455195
Instance ID                     : uuid:9f160941-a540-4a71-bd05-7759d07702cc
Page Count                      : 156
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu